| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1 | I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe. | At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow: |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.3 | Na ia keiki e naʻi nā moku e pau ai ke loaʻa hoʻi iā kāua ke keiki mua, a he keiki kāne. | This child shall be the one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it is a boy; |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.4 | Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō. | but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die; |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.2 | Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei. | who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.6 | A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi. | The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO kēia naʻe ke kaikamahine ʻoi aku o ka maikaʻi ma mua o kēlā kaikamahine mua; manaʻo ihola e ola lā hoʻi. | more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.4 | ʻIke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ke kaikamahine e hiʻi ʻia mai ana, ua hōʻaʻahu ʻia i ke kapa keiki. | Kahauokapaka saw the baby girl in its mother's arms wrapped in swaddling clothes; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.5 | I ia manawa, kēnā koke aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ilāmuku e pepehi. | then the chief at once ordered the executioner to kill it. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i ola iki kekahi o ia mau hānau ʻana o Mālaekahana; ua pau wale nō i ka pepehi ʻia e like me ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ke aliʻi. | but she could not save them from being killed at birth according to the chief's vow. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.2 | E nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho aʻe nei hoʻi i ka pau o nā keiki i ka make i ka pākela pepehi a ke kāne. | Look upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.4 | No laila, e nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei. | Therefore, look upon this womb of mine, which is with child; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.5 | Inā i ʻike ʻoe he kaikamahine, e ʻōmilomilo aʻe au, ʻoiai, ʻaʻole i hoʻokanaka aʻe ke keiki. | if you see it is to be a girl, I will kill it before it takes human shape. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.6 | Akā hoʻi, inā i ʻike mai hoʻi ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei a he keiki kāne, ʻaʻole ana.” | But if you see it is to be a boy, I will not do it." |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.2 | Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana. | When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.3 | No laila, ʻānō ʻoe, e nānā mai ʻoe i kuʻu keiki e hāpai nei.” | look and see, then, what kind of child I am carrying." |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Mālaekahana me ke kahuna e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hailona aku au iā ʻoe. | As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.2 | Ma ka mea aʻu e noi aku ai, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe. | anything I ask of you, you must give it." |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.3 | ”I ia manawa, nonoi akula ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana e hāʻawi mai i kekahi lima i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna e like nō me ka hailona mau o kēia lāhui, ma ka lima nō naʻe āna e makemake ai e hāʻawi aku i mua o ke kahuna. | The the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to give to the priest. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna. | The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward." |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, noi akula ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kahuna e noʻonoʻo mai i mea pono ai ka wahine a e ola ai hoʻi ke keiki. | then Malaekahana besought the priest to devise something to help the mother and save the child. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna mau ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ka hale. | Then the priest counseled Malaekahana, "Go back to the house; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.2 | Inā e hiki i ka wā e ʻaneʻane hānau ai, a laila ʻeā, e ʻono aʻe ʻoe i ka ʻōhua me ka ʻōlelo aku iā Kahauokapaka nāna ponoʻī nō e lawaiʻa. | when the child is about to be born, then have a craving for the manini spawn, and tell Kahauokapaka that he must himself go fishing, |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.3 | ʻO ka iʻa ponoʻī nō e loaʻa ana ma kona lima, ʻo ia kāu iʻa e ʻono ai, no ka mea, he kanaka puni kaʻalau ʻōhua hoʻi ko kāne i lilo ai kēlā i ka lawaiʻa, ʻike ʻole ia i kou hānau ʻana. | get the fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the young manini afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he will not know about the birth; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.4 | A inā e hānau aʻe, a laila, naʻu e mālama ke keiki. | and when the child is born, then give it to me to take care of; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.5 | I hoʻi mai ia, ua lilo iaʻu ke keiki, a inā e nīnau mai, haʻi aku ʻoe he keiki ʻaluʻalu, a laila pau wale.” | when he comes back, the child will be in my charge, and if he asks, tell him it was an abortion, nothing more." |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nui loa maila ka nahunahu ʻana a ʻaneʻane e hānau, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i nā ʻōlelo a ke kahuna i aʻoaʻo mai ai iā ia. | and when the pains came upon her, almost at the moment of birth, then Malaekahana remembered the priest's counsel to her. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka ʻeha no ka ʻaneʻane hānau, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Mālaekahana i kāna kāne, “E Kahauokapaka ē! | When the pain had quieted, Malaekahana said to her husband, "Listen, Kahauokapaka! |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2 | Ke kau mai nei i koʻu mau maka ka ʻōhua palemo, no laila, e holo aku ʻoe i ke kaʻalau ʻōhua, me he mea ala, a loaʻa mai ka ʻōhua palemo, a laila, hemo kuʻu keiki. | the spawn of the manini come before my eyes; go after them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly when you bring the manini spawn, I shall be eased of the child; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAkahi wale nō oʻu hānau ʻino ʻana a me ka ʻono oʻu i ka ʻōhua, no laila, e hele koke aku ʻoe me nā kānaka i ka lawaiʻa.” | this is the first time my labor has been hard, and that I have craved the young of the manini; go quickly, therefore, to the fishing." |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lākou e hele ana, hānau aʻela ua keiki nei he kaikamahine, a lilo aʻela iā Waka ka hānai a kapa ihola i ka inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | While they were gone the child was born, a girl, and she was given to Waka, and they named her Laieikawai. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3 | Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.7 sent.2 | Mai ka hānau ʻana o Lāʻieikawai me Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hekili e kani i loko o ʻIkuā, pēlā i ʻōlelo ʻia i loko o kēia moʻolelo. | At this time of Laieikawai and Laielohelohe's birth thunder first sounded in October, according to the legend. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Waka me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale me nā hānai a lāua, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Pehea lā auaneʻi e nalo ai nā hānai a kāua iā Kahauokapaka?” | When Waka and Kapukaihaoa had taken their foster children away, Waka said to Kapukaihaoa, "How shall we hide our foster children from Kahauokapaka?" |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.2 | Aia ma laila kekahi ana i ʻike ʻole ʻia e nā mea a pau, a naʻu nō hoʻi e ʻimi koʻu wahi e mālama ai i kaʻu hānai. | a cave is there which no one knows about, and it will be my business to seek a place of protection for my foster child." |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei. | Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu; |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.2 | Noho ihola ʻo ia ma laila he iwakālua lā i kumu e ʻike maopopo ʻia ai ʻo ke ʻano o kāna mea e ʻike nei. | there he remained 20 days in order to be sure of the nature of the sign which he saw. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ua maopopo leʻa i ka makāula he aliʻi nui ka mea nona kēia ānuenue e piʻo nei a me nā ʻōnohi ʻelua i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ao polohiwa a puni. | By that time the seer saw clearly that it was the sign of a great chief— this rainbow arch and the two ends of a rainbow encircled in dark clouds. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻoholo aʻela ka makāula i kona manaʻo e holo i Oʻahu i maopopo ai iā ia kāna mea e ʻike nei. | Then the seer made up his mind to go to Oahu to make sure about the sign which he saw. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.3 | Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki akula kēia i Anahola, hoʻolimalima akula kēia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei. | He left the place and went to Anahola to bargain for a boat to go to Oahu, but he could not hire a boat to go to Oahu. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.4 | Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola. | Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.5 sent.2 | Ake akula ʻo ia e hālāwai me Poloʻula me ka manaʻo e noi aku i ke aliʻi i waʻa e hiki ai i Oʻahu. | and he desired to meet Poloula to ask the chief for a canoe to go to Oahu. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Hulumāniani i hālāwai aku ai me Poloʻula, nonoi akula ʻo ia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, a laila, hāʻawi ʻia maila ka waʻa me nā kānaka. | When Hulumaniani met Poloula he begged of him a canoe to go to Oahu. Then the canoe and men were given to him. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.1 | I ia lā o lākou i hiki ai ma Waiʻanae, kauoha ka makāula i nā kānaka e noho ma laila a hoʻi mai ʻo ia mai ka huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana. | On the day when they reached Waianae the seer ordered the
rowers to wait there until he returned from making the circuit of the island. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.3 | ʻIke akula kēia i ke ānuenue e piʻo ana ma Koʻolau Loa e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā i luna o Kalalea. | and saw the rainbow arching at Koolauloa, as he saw it when he was on Kalalea. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.1 | A hiki kēia i Waiʻāpuka, kahi i mālama ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻike ihola ʻo ia, ʻaʻole he kuleana kūpono o kēlā wahi e noho ʻia ai e nā aliʻi. | He went to Waiapuka, where Laieikawai was being guarded, and saw no place there set off for chiefs to dwell in. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.2 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe a ka makāula e kūnānā ana, a laila, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ka ʻaleʻale ʻana o ka wai o ko Waka luʻu ʻana aku. | As the seer stood looking, he saw the rippling of the water where Waka had dived. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.2 sent.3 | ʻAʻole hoʻi he makani o kēia luawai e kuleana ai lā hoʻi ka ʻaleʻale ʻana o ka wai, me he mea lā, he mea e ʻauʻau ana a ʻike aʻe nei iaʻu, peʻe iho nei.” | No wind ripples the water on this pool. It is like a person bathing, who has hidden from me." |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ko Waka manawa ma kahi o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi maila ʻo ia, akā, ʻike aʻela kēia ma loko o ka wai i kēia mea e noho ana ma luna iho, emi hope hou akula ʻo Waka, no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻo ia ʻo Kahauokapaka kēia mea ma kaʻe o ka luawai. | After Waka had been with Laieikawai she returned, but while yet in the water she saw someone sitting above on the bank, so she retreated, for she thought it was Kahauokapaka, this person on the brink of the water hole. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.1 | A nele ka makāula i ka ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, haʻalele kēia iā Kamaoha, hiki kēia i luna pono o Kaʻala, a ma laila ʻo ia i ʻike ai, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Molokaʻi. | When the seer failed to see the sign which he was following he left Kamaoha, climbed clear to the top of Kaala, and there saw the rainbow arching over Molokai. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi. | Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā a ua makāula nei i haʻalele ai iā Kaʻala, hiki mua aku ʻo ia i luna o Kuamoʻokāne, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue o Molokaʻi, e kū ana ka pūnohu i uhi paʻa ʻia e nā ao hekili. | On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of
Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.3 sent.1 | I ka ʻehā o nā lā o ia nei ma laila, loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ana i Molokaʻi. | On the fourth day he secured a boat to go to Molokai. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa. | So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa a ka waʻa e hoʻi hope nei, hoʻohuoi ihola ka makāula i ka pā ʻana a ka makani ma kona pāpālina, no ka mea, ua maopopo iā ia kahi a ka makani i pā ai i ka holo ʻana mai Oʻahu aku nei; manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ma kai mai ka makani e pā nei. | When the canoe turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, thought he. the wind is blowing from the seaward. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.1 | No laila, kaʻakaʻa aʻela nā maka o ka makāula, aia hoʻi, e hoʻi hou ana ka waʻa i Oʻahu nei. | Then the seer opened his eyes and the canoe was going back to Oahu. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana. | Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.3 | Iā ia e pule ana i loko ona iho, hiki koke maila ka ʻino nui ma luna o lākou a pono ʻole ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa. | As he prayed a great storm came suddenly upon them, and the paddlers were afraid. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻāla aʻela nā mea waʻa iā ia nei, “E kēia kanaka e moe nei! | Then they awoke him: "O you fellow asleep, |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.2 | E ala aʻe paha ʻoe! | wake up, there! |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.4 | ʻO ia nō ka moe a nei kanaka lā o uka,” a laila, ala aʻela ua makāula nei; e hoʻoiho ana ka waʻa i Oʻahu nei. | The man sleeps as if he were ashore." When the seer arose, the canoe was making for Oahu. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.3 | Ua pono nō lā hoʻi ia inā lā hoʻi e hoe ana ʻoe, ʻaʻole kā! | You ought to have taken hold and helped paddle. Not so! |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.6 sent.1 | Iā lākou e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, lele akula ka makāula ma hope o ka waʻa, a lilo ihola iā ia ka hoʻokele. | As he spoke, the seer sprang to the stern of the canoe, took charge of the steering, |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.7 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma laila, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Koʻolau e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā ma luna o Kuamoʻokāne. | When they reached there, lo! the rainbow arched over Koolau, as he saw it from Kuamooakane; |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.7 sent.2 | Haʻalele kēia i nā mea waʻa, ake akula ʻo ia e ʻike i kāna mea i ukali mai ai. | he left the paddlers, for he wished to see the sign which he was following. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.2 | Iā ia nei ma laila, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i luna o Malelewaʻa ma kahi nihinihi hiki ʻole ke hele ʻia. | Arrived there, he clearly saw the rainbow arching over Malelewaa, over a sharp ridge difficult to reach; |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3 | Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa. | there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.2 | Aia naʻe, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi hiki ʻole iā ia ke hele aku, akā, ua noʻonoʻo ka makāula i kekahi manawa i wahi e hiki ai ke ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, a waiho aku i kāna kānaenae i hoʻomākaukau mua ai. | Sure enough, there was the rainbow arching where he could not go. Then he considered for some time how to reach the place to see the person he was seeking and offer the sacrifice he had prepared, |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki. | but he could not reach it. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.4 | Haʻi maila ka moʻopuna, “Ua hiki mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i oʻu nei ma ka moeʻuhane e ʻōlelo mai ana, e ʻāhaʻi loa ʻoe iaʻu i Hawaiʻi a hoʻonoho ma Paliuli, a ma laila kāua e noho ai. | The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in Paliuli; |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai naʻe e kamaʻilio ana i ke kupuna wahine, hiki ihola ka hihiʻo ma o Waka lā, a ua like me kā ka moʻopuna e ʻōlelo ana. | As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to Waka. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ala naʻe lā lāua i ka wanaʻao a hele akula e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā lāua ma ka moeʻuhane. | Then they both arose at dawn and went as they had both been directed by Kapukaihaoa in a vision. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.1 | Haʻalele lāua i ia wahi, hiki aku lāua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalaeloa, a ma laila lāua i hālāwai ai me ke kanaka e hoʻomākaukau ana i ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi. | They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lāua i hālāwai aku ai me ka mea waʻa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka, “E ʻae anei ʻoe iā māua e kau pū aku me ʻoe ma ko waʻa a holo aku i kāu wahi i manaʻo ai e holo?” | When they met the canoe man, Waka said: "Will you let us get into the canoe with you, and take us to the place where you intend to go?" |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ka mea waʻa, “Ke ʻae nei wau e kau pū ʻolua me aʻu ma ka waʻa, akā, hoʻokahi nō hewa, ʻo koʻu kōkoʻolua ʻole e hiki ai ka waʻa.” | Said the canoe man: "I will take you both with me in the canoe; the only trouble is I have no mate to paddle the canoe." |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo. | And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i hōʻike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana e kona kupuna wahine, luliluli aʻela ke poʻo o ke kupuna wahine ʻaʻole e hōʻike kāna moʻopuna iā ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auaneʻi ka nani o kāna moʻopuna i mea pākūā wale. | When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common thing. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.3 | Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.” | And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke kupuna wahine, “ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu ke wehe aʻe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo kona makemake nō ka hūnā iā ia iho. | The grandmother said: "I do not uncover her because she wishes to conceal herself." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.2 | ”A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i ka mea waʻa ma muli o kāna noi, a laila, hōʻike pau loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ia mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ua lohe akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka ʻōlelo a kona kupuna wahine, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ka makemake e hūnā iā ia, akā, ua makemake ʻole kēlā e hūnā. | At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal herself, when she had not wanted to at all. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, kupu aʻela ka manaʻo ʻano ʻē i loko ona e hele e hoʻokaulana iā Molokaʻi a puni no kēia mea āna e ʻiʻini nei. | Then the thought sprang up within him to go and spread the news around Molokai of this person whom he longed after. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.4 | E noho ʻolua i ka hale nei. | live here in the house; |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.5 | Na ʻolua nā mea a pau o loko, ʻaʻole kekahi mea e koe o ka hale nei iā ʻolua. | everything within is yours, not a single thing is withholden from you in the house; |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.1 | A no ka hoʻopuka ʻana o ka mea waʻa i kēia ʻōlelo, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ke kamaʻāina o māua, e hele loa ana anei ʻoe? | When the canoe man had spoken thus, Laieikawai said, "Our host, shall you be gone long ? |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.2 | No ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei māua i kou kauoha honua ʻana, me he mea lā, e hele loa ana ʻoe?” | for it looks from your charge as if you were to be away for good." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ke kamaʻāina, “E ke kaikamahine, ʻaʻole pēlā. | Said the host, "O daughter, not so; |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.4 sent.2 | ʻAʻole au e haʻalele ana iā ʻolua, akā, i manaʻo aʻe nei au e huli i kōkoʻolua noʻu e hoe aku ai iā ʻolua a pae i Lānaʻi.” | I shall not forsake you; but I must look for a mate to paddle you both to Lanai." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.1 | A ʻike ka mea waʻa he mea kaumaha kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i mua ona, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini, “ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo e hoʻounauna aku iā ʻolua e kōkua mai iaʻu ma ka hoe pū ʻana i ka waʻa, no ka mea, he mea nui ʻolua naʻu. | The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.2 | ”Akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ka manaʻo o ka mea waʻa e huli i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa pū me ia, no ka mea, ua hoʻoholo mua ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko ona e hele e kūkala aku iā Lāʻieikawai a puni ʻo Molokaʻi. | Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a lākou i kēia mau ʻōlelo, haʻalele ihola ka mea waʻa iā lāua nei a hele akula e like me ka ʻōlelo hoʻoholo mua i loko ona. | When they had done speaking the paddler left them and went away as he had vowed. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.3 | A ma kēia hele ʻana a ia nei, ua kūkala aku ʻo ia i ka maikaʻi o Lāʻieikawai e like me kona manaʻo paʻa. | and here and on the way there he proclaimed, as he had vowed, the beauty of Laieikawai. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.1 | A ma kekahi lā aʻe, i ke kakahiaka nui, loaʻa iā ia ka waʻa e holo ana i Kalaupapa. | The next day, in the morning, he found a canoe sailing to Kalaupapa, |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.2 | Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa, hiki mua ʻo ia i Pelekunu a me Wailau, a ma hope, hiki i Waikolu, kahi a ka makāula e noho ana. | got on board and went first to Pelekunu and Wailau; afterwards he came to Waikolu, where the seer was staying. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki kēia i Kalaupapa, aia hoʻi, he ʻaha mokomoko e ʻākoakoa ana. | When he reached Kalaupapa, behold! a company had assembled for boxing; |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.2 | Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale, e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu. | he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither; |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi ʻoi o lākou e like me kaʻu mea i ʻike ai, a ke ʻōlelo nei au, ʻo ia ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a puni a me kēia ʻaha nō hoʻi.” | but never have I beheld anyone to compare with this one whom I have seen; and I declare to you that she is more beautiful than any of the daughters of the chiefs on Molokai or even in this assembly." |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa naʻe a ia nei e kāhea nei, ʻaʻole i lohe pono mai ka ʻaha, no ka mea, ua uhi ʻia kona leo e ka haukamumu leo o ka ʻaha a me ka nēnē no ka hoʻouka kaua. | Now when he shouted, he could not be heard, for his voice was smothered in the clamor of the crowd and the noise of the onset. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.3 | I loko o kēia manawa, lohe pono loa akula ke aliʻi nui o Molokaʻi i kēia leo, a laila, hoʻōki aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ʻaha i lohe ʻia aku ai ka ʻōlelo a kēia kanaka malihini e kūhea nei, no ka mea, i loko o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i ka ʻoliʻoli me ke ʻano pīhoihoi. | Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and gladness. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.4 | Kāhea ʻia akula ua wahi kanaka nei ma muli o ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a hele maila i mua o ke aliʻi, a nīnau akula, “He aha kou mea e nui nei kou leo i mua o ka ʻaha me ka maka ʻoliʻoli?” | At the chief's command the man was summoned before the chief and he asked, "What news do you proclaim aloud with glad face before the assembly?" |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.1 | A laila haʻi maila kēlā i ke kumu o kona kāhea ʻana a me kona ʻoliʻoli i mua o ke aliʻi, “Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā i nehinei, e lawelawe ana wau i ka waʻa no ka manaʻo e holo i Lānaʻi, hōʻea mai ana kēia wahine me ke kaikamahine. | Then the man told why he shouted and why his face was glad in the presence of the chief: ''In the early morning yesterday, while I was working over the canoe, intending to sail to Lanai, a certain woman came with her daughter, |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.5 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo, nīnau akula, “Inā ua like kona maikaʻi me kuʻu kaikamahine nei lā, a laila, ua nani ʻiʻo,” a no kēia nīnau a ke aliʻi, noi akula ua wahi kanaka nei e hōʻike ʻia mai ke kaikamahine aliʻi i mua ona, a lawe ʻia maila ʻo Kaʻulaʻailehua, ke kaikamahine a ke aliʻi. | When the chief heard these words he said, "If she is as good looking as my daughter, then she is beautiful indeed." At this saying of the chief, the man begged that the chiefess be
shown to him, and Kaulaailehua, the daughter of the chief, was brought thither. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ua wahi kanaka nei, “E ke Aliʻi! | Said the man, |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.2 sent.3 | Ke hōʻole aʻe nei ʻoe i kā mākou maikaʻi e ʻike nei, no ka mea, ʻo ko Molokaʻi ʻoi nō kēia.” | that you scorn our beauty here, who is the handsomest girl in Molokai." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa a kahi kanaka e kamaʻilio ana me ke aliʻi, e noho ana ka makāula i ia manawa e hoʻolohe ana i ke ʻano o ke kamaʻilio ʻana. | As the man was talking with the chief, the seer remained listening to the conversation; it just came to him that this was the one whom he was seeking. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.2 | Akā, ua hāʻupu honua aʻe ka makāula, me he mea lā, ʻo kāna mea e ukali nei, a no kēia mea, neʻeneʻe loa akula ka makāula a kokoke, paʻa akula ma ka lima o kahi kanaka a huki malū akula iā ia. | So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the arm, and drew him quietly after him. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.3 | Iā lāua ma kahi kaʻawale, nīnau pono akula ka makāula i ua wahi kanaka nei, “Ua ʻike nō anei ʻoe i kēlā kaikamahine ma mua āu e kamaʻilio nei i ke aliʻi?” | When they were alone, the seer asked the man directly, "Did you know that girl before about whom you were telling the chief?" |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.6 sent.2 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, lawe aʻela ʻo ia i nā mea āna i hoʻomākaukau ai i mōhai no ka manawa e hālāwai aku ai, a hele akula. | After the talk, he took everything that he had prepared for sacrifice when they should meet and departed. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.1 sent.2 | Nānā akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi a ua wahi kanaka nei i ʻōlelo ai iā ia, a laila, hoʻomaopopo leʻa ihola ka makāula, ʻo kāna mea nō e ukali nei. | there he saw the rainbow arching over the place which the man had described to him; so he was sure that this was the person he was following. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki kēia i Kaʻamola, ka ʻāina e pili pū lā me Keawanui, kahi hoʻi a Lāʻieikawai mā e kali nei i ka mea waʻa, i ia manawa, ua pōʻeleʻele loa ihola. | He went to Kaamola, the district adjoining Keawanui, where Laieikawai and her companion were awaiting the paddler |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.2 | Ua hiki ʻole iā ia ke ʻike aku i ka mea āna i ʻike ai i luna o Kawela, akā, ua moe ka makāula ma laila i ia pō me ka manaʻo i ke kakahiaka e ʻike ai i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | By this time it was very dark; he could not see the sign he saw from Kawela; but the seer slept there that night, thinking that at daybreak he would see the person he was seeking. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā pō a ka makāula e moe ai i Kaʻamola, aia hoʻi, ua hiki ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane e like me ke kuhikuhi iā lāua i loko o ko lāua mau lā ma Malelewaʻa. | That night, while the seer was sleeping at Kaamola, then came
the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, just as he had directed them at Malelewaa. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.2 | I ia wanaʻao ʻana aʻe, loaʻa iā lāua ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi, a kau lāua ma laila a holo akula, a ma Maunalei ko lāua wahi i noho ai i kekahi mau lā. | At dawn they found a canoe sailing to Lanai, got on board, and went and lived for some time at Maunalei. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kalaeloa i ia kakahiaka, ala aʻela ka makāula, e kū ana ka pūnohu i ka moana a me ka uakoko, aia naʻe, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka moana e ka noe a me ke ʻawa ma waena o Molokaʻi a me Lānaʻi. | After Laieikawai and her companion had left Kalaeloa, at daybreak, the seer arose and saw that clouds and falling rain obscured the sea between Molokai and Lanai with a thick veil of fog and mist. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.2 | ʻEkolu mau lā o ka uhi paʻapū ʻana o kēia noe i ka moana, a i ka ʻehā o ko ka makāula mau lā ma Kaʻamola i ke kakahiaka nui, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka ʻōnohi i luna pono o Maunalei, akā, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka makāula no ka hālāwai ʻole me kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day of the seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not finding the person he was seeking; |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.1 sent.1 | Ua ʻaneʻane e hala nā lā he ʻumi iā ia ma Molokaʻi, ʻike hou akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka pūnohu i luna o Haleakalā. | About 10 days passed at Molokai before he saw the end of the rainbow standing over Haleakala; |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.1 sent.2 | Haʻalele kēia iā Molokaʻi, hiki mua ʻo ia i luna o Haleakalā ma kēlā lua pele, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | he left Molokai, went first to Haleakala, to the fire pit, but did not see the person he was seeking. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.1 | I ua makāula nei naʻe i hiki ai ma laila, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā Hawaiʻi, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka ʻāina e ka ʻohu a me ka noe. | When the seer reached there, he looked toward Hawaii; the land was veiled thick in cloud and mist |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.2 | A haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki kēia i Kaʻuiki, a ma laila ʻo ia i kūkulu ai i wahi heiau kahi hoʻi e hoʻomana ai i kona akua, ka mea hiki ke kuhikuhi i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | He left the place, went to Kauwiki, and there built a place of worship to call upon his god as the only one to guide him to the person he was seeking. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.3 | I ua makāula nei e kaʻapuni ana ma nā wahi a pau āna i kipa aku ai, ua kauoha mua aku ka makāula inā e loaʻa kāna mea e ʻimi nei, a laila, e huli aku iā ia ma kahi e loaʻa ai. | Wherever the seer stopped in his journeying he directed the people, if they found the person he was following, to search him out wherever he might be. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.4 sent.1 | Ua nui nō nā lā o ka makāula ma Kaʻuiki, ʻaneʻane makahiki a ʻoi aʻe paha, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike iki i ka hōʻailona mau āna e ukali nei. | Many days the seer remained at Kauwiki, nearly a year or more, but he never saw the sign he had followed thither. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.3 | A pau ia malama ʻokoʻa i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻia e ia a i kekahi malama aʻe i ka lā ʻo Kūkahi i ke ahiahi ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, komo akula ʻo ia i loko o kona wahi heiau kahi i hoʻomākaukau ai no kona akua, a pule akula ʻo ia. | The whole month passed in patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of worship prepared for his god and prayed. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ia e pule ana a i ka waenakonu o ka manawa, kū maila i mua o ua makāula nei ke kāhoaka o Lāʻieikawai a me kona kupuna wahine, a no kēia mea, hoʻoniau akula ʻo ia i ka pule ʻana; ʻaʻole naʻe i haʻalele kēlā kāhoaka iā ia a hiki i ka māʻamaʻama ʻana. | As he prayed, in the midst of the place appeared to the seer the spirit forms of Laieikawai and her grandmother; so he left off praying, nor did those spirits leave him as long as it was light. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.1 | I ia pō iho, i loko o kona manawa hiamoe, hālāwai maila kona akua me ia ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, “Ua ʻike au i kou luhi a me kou hoʻomanawanui ʻana me ke ake e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moʻopuna a Waka me kou manaʻo hoʻi e loaʻa kou pōmaikaʻi no kāna moʻopuna mai. | That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said; "I have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.2 | I loko o kāu pule ʻana, ua hiki iaʻu ke kuhikuhi e loaʻa nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻoe ma waena o Puna a me Hilo i loko o ka ulu lāʻau e noho ana i loko o ka hale i uhi ʻia i nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō. | Your prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow feathers of the oo bird '"; |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.3 | No laila, ʻapōpō, e kū ʻoe a hele.” | therefore, to-tomorrow, rise and go." |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.5 | ʻAʻole e hiki iā ia ke moe i ia pō a ao. | and did not sleep the rest of the night until morning. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.2 | Holo wikiwiki akula ʻo ia a hiki i ke awa, nīnau akula i kahi a kēia waʻa e holo ai, haʻi ʻia maila, “E holo ana i Hawaiʻi,” a noi akula ʻo ia e kau pū me lākou ma ka waʻa, a ʻae ʻia maila ʻo ia e holo pū me lākou. | He ran quickly and came to the landing, and asked the man where the boat was going. The man said, "It is going to Hawaii"; thereupon he entreated the man to take him, and the latter consented. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻi hou akula ka makāula i luna o Kaʻuiki e lawe mai i kāna mau wahi ukana, nā mea āna i hoʻomākaukau ai i kānaenae. | The seer returned up Kauwiki and brought his luggage, the things he had got ready for sacrifice. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ia nei i hiki ai i ka waʻa, haʻi mua akula ʻo ia i kona manaʻo i nā mea waʻa, “E nā mea waʻa, e haʻi mai ʻoukou i kaʻu hana ma kēia holo ʻana o kākou. | When he reached the shore he first made a bargain with them. "You paddlers, tell me what you expect of me on this trip; |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.2 | Ma kā ʻoukou mea e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai, no ka mea, he kanaka wau i hana pono ʻole ʻia e nā mea waʻa i koʻu holo ʻana mai Oʻahu mai, no laila wau e haʻi mua aku nei iā ʻoukou, e nā mea waʻa, malia o like ʻoukou me lāua.” | whatever you demand, I will accede to; for I was not well treated by the men who brought me here from Oahu, so I will first make a bargain with you men, lest you should be like them." |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka makāula, ʻōlelo maila nā mea waʻa ʻaʻole e hana ʻia kekahi mea pono ʻole ma ia holo ʻana o lākou. | The men promised to do nothing amiss on this trip, |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.5 sent.1 | Ua nui loa nā lā ona ma laila o ka noho ʻana, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea e ʻimi ai, akā, ma kona ʻano makāula, hoʻomau akula ʻo ia i ka pule i ke akua e like me kona mau lā ma Kaʻuiki. | Many days he remained there without seeing the sign he sought; but in his character as seer he continued praying to his god as when he was on Kauwiki, |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.5 sent.2 | A no ka pule hoʻomau a ua makāula nei, ua loaʻa hou iā ia ke kuhikuhi ʻana e like me kēlā hōʻike iā ia ma Kaʻuiki. | and in answer to the seer's prayer, he had again the same sign that was shown to him on Kauwiki. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.6 sent.3 | Oi hele aku ʻo ia mai ka manawa ʻuʻuku o kahi puaʻa a nui loa, a na ka puaʻa nō e hele. | and the journey lasted until the little pig he started with had grown too big to be carried. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.8 sent.1 | (Ma ʻaneʻi, e waiho kākou i ka moʻolelo no ka ʻimi ʻana o ka makāula. | (Here we will leave the story of the seer's search. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.8 sent.2 | Pono e kamaʻilio no ka hoʻi ʻana o Kauakahialiʻi i Kauaʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i ʻike ai kākou aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli.) | It will be well to tell of the return of Kauakahialii to Kauai with Kailiokalauokekoa. As we know, Laieikawai is at Paliuli.) |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.1 | Ma nā helu mua o kēia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou na Kapūkaʻihaoa i kauoha iā Waka ma ka moeʻuhane e hoʻihoʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli ma muli o ka ʻike a ka makāula. | In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.2 | Ua hoʻokō ʻia nō naʻe e like me ke kauoha, ua noho ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma Paliuli a hiki i kona hoʻokanaka makua ʻana. | The command was carried out. Laieikawai dwelt at Paliuli until she was grown to maidenhood. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.2 | ʻĀkoakoa maila nā aliʻi, nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau e ʻike i ka puka malihini ʻana aku o Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā e like me ka mea mau. | there were gathered together the high chiefs, the low chiefs, and the country aristocracy as well, to see the strangers who came with Kailiokalauokekoa's party. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kona hele ʻana penei, “I koʻu hele ʻana mai ʻaneʻi aku, ma muli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oʻahu a me Maui, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu kekahi wahine e like me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa nei. | Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku. | Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.2 | Inā e kani aku ka leo o ka ʻaʻo, ʻaʻole wau i loko o ia leo. | When rings the note of the oo bird I am not in that sound, |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.4 | Inā e kani aku ka leo o ka ʻelepaio, hoʻomākaukau wau no ka iho aku, a i kani akula ka leo o ka ʻapapane, a laila, ua puka wau ma waho o kuʻu hale nei. | when rings the note of the elepaio then am I making ready to descend; when the note of the apapane sounds, then am I without the door of my house; |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.6 | ʻImi aʻe ʻolua a loaʻa wau ma waho, ʻo ia kuʻu manawa e launa ai me ko hānai.' Pēlā mai ka ʻōlelo o ua wahi kahu nei oʻu. | seek me, you two, and find me without; that is your ward's chance to meet me.' So my man told me. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.1 | “I ka pō hoʻi āna e kauoha nei, ʻaʻole i hiki aʻe. | "When the night came that she had promised she did not come; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.5 | No kuʻu manaʻo he wahaheʻe na kuʻu wahi kahu, no laila, kauoha aʻe ana wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa i ke kaula, akā, ua hala ʻē ua wahi kahu nei oʻu i uka o Paliuli e nīnau aku i ua wahine nei i ke kumu o kona hiki ʻole ʻana i kai i ia pō me ka haʻi aku nō hoʻi e make ana ia. | Thinking my man had lied, I ordered the executioner to bind ropes about him; but he had left me for the uplands of Paliuli to ask the woman why she had not come down that night and to tell her he was to die. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.2 sent.1 | “A pau kāna ʻōlelo ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau mea, ʻī maila ka wahine i ua wahine kahu nei oʻu, 'E hoʻi ʻoe, a ma kēia pō hiki aku au. | "When he had told Laieikawai all these things the woman said to him, ' You return, and to-night I will come |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.2 sent.2 | E like me kaʻu kauoha iā ʻoe i ka pō mua, pēlā nō wau e hiki aku ai.' | as I promised the night before, so will I surely do.' |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.1 | “I ia pō iho, ʻo ia ka pō e hiki mai ai ua wahine nei. | "That night, the night on which the woman was expected, |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.3 | I ua pō nei, e kaʻao ana nō ʻo ia nei iā mākou, i ke kihi o ke ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻaʻo. | and she was recounting her adventures, when just at the edge of the evening rang the note of the oo; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.8 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, e kau mai ana kēlā i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu me kona nani nui.” | and when it passed away she lay resting on the wings of birds in all her beauty." |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kauakahialiʻi i mua o nā aliʻi, ua hoʻokū ʻia mai ko ʻAiwohikupua kino ʻokoʻa e ka ʻiʻini nui me ka nīnau aku, “ʻO wai ka inoa o ia wahine?” | At these words of Kauakahialii to the chiefs, all the body of Aiwohikupua pricked with desire, and he asked, "What was the woman's name?" |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.1 | Haʻi ʻia akula ʻo ia ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a no ka ʻiʻini nui o ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mea a Kauakahialiʻi e ʻōlelo nei, manaʻo ihola ia e kiʻi i wahine male nāna, akā, ua haʻohaʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua no kēia wahine. | They told him it was Laieikawai, and such was Aiwohikupua's longing for the woman of whom Kauakahialii spoke that he thought to make her his wife, but he wondered who this woman might be. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.2 | No laila, haʻi aku ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Kauakahialiʻi, “Ke haʻohaʻo nei wau i kēia wahine, no ka mea, ʻo wau ka mea nāna i kaʻapuni kēia mau mokupuni, ʻaʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi wahine e kau mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, me he mea lā, no Kūkulu o Tahiti mai ia wahine, no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.” | Then he said to Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea." |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.6 sent.1 | No ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua no Moaʻulanuiākea ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia kona mea i manaʻo ai e kiʻi i wahine nāna, no ka mea, ma mua aku o kona lohe ʻana i kēia mau mea, ua ʻōlelo paʻa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male nāna. | Since Aiwohikupua thought Laieikawai must be from Moaulanuiakea, he determined to get her for his wife. For before he had heard all this story Aiwohikupua had vowed not to take any woman of these islands to wife; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a nā aliʻi no kēia mau mea a me ka walea ʻana e like me ka mea mau o ka puka malihini ʻana, a ma hope koke iho o ia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi o Kauakahialiʻi i kanaka lawelawe i mua o kona alo me ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kēlā wahi kanaka ka mea e loaʻa ai ko ke aliʻi makemake. | The chiefs' reception was ended and the accustomed ceremonies on the arrival of strangers performed. And soon after those days Aiwohikupua took Kauakahialii's man to minister in his presence, thinking that this man would be the means to attain his desire. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ka lilo ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui i mua o ke aliʻi me he kuhina nui lā, a ʻo ia ka hoa kūkā mau o ke aliʻi ma nā mea e leʻaleʻa ai ke aliʻi me ka manaʻo aku o ka poʻe ʻē, e kūkā ana ma nā mea pili i ka ʻāina a me nā waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho aliʻi ʻana. | After this man had become great before the chief, even his high counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the chief; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua aku naʻe o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi no Lāʻieikawai, ua hōʻike ʻē ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine ona a me kona poʻe ʻaialo a pau, a eia kāna ʻōlelo paʻa, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou e koʻu mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine oʻu, koʻu mau ʻaialo a pau. | Even before Aiwohikupua heard from Kauakahialii about Laieikawai he had made a vow before his food companions, his sisters, and before all the men of rank in his household: "Where are you, O chiefs, O my sisters, all my food companions! |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.2 | Mai kēia lā aku a hiki i koʻu mau lā hope, ʻaʻole loa ana wau e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male naʻu mai Kauaʻi nei a hala loa i Hawaiʻi. | From this day until my last I will take no woman of all these islands to be my wife, even from Kauai unto Hawaii, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.3 | Inā i ʻōlelo ʻia mai he mau wāhine maikaʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi au e hāʻawi i koʻu kino e komo aku ma ke ʻano kolohe, he ʻole loa nō, no ka mea, he kanaka hana pono ʻole ʻia wau e nā wāhine mai koʻu wā ʻōpiopio mai a hiki i koʻu hoʻokanaka makua ʻana. | no matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by women from my youth up. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.5 sent.2 | A no ia mea, makemake ihola ke aliʻi e loaʻa hou iā ia i ka hiamoe lōʻihi ʻana ma ia awakea i kumu e ʻike hou aku ai i kāna mea i ʻike ai ma ka moeʻuhane. | therefore he wished to prolong his midday nap in order to see again her whom he had beheld in his dream. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.1 | Hoʻāʻo hou ihola ke aliʻi e hiamoe hou, loaʻa hou nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma ka hihiʻo pōkole loa. | The chief again slept, and again Laieikawai came to him for a moment, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.6 | A inā e walāʻau he aliʻi ʻai moku, e pau kona ʻai moku ʻana. | if he is chief over a district he shall lose his chiefship; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.7 | Inā he aliʻi ʻai ahupuaʻa, e pau ia, a inā he konohiki a lōpā paha ka mea nāna i hahaʻi kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa, a laila, ʻo ka make ka uku.” | if he is chief over part of a district, he shall lose his chiefship; and if a tenant fanner break my command, death is the penalty." |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.8 | ʻO ia ihola ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke aliʻi e loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe lōʻihi i kumu e launa hou ai lāua ma ka moeʻuhane me Lāʻieikawai. | The chief took this oath because of his strong desire to sleep longer in order to make Laieikawai's acquaintance in his dream. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.7 sent.1 | A pau kā ke aliʻi ʻōlelo ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻomaka hou ʻo ia e hiamoe. | After speaking all these words, he tried once more to sleep, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o kēia hana a ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i haʻi aku i kēia mea āna e ʻike nei ma ka moeʻuhane. | During all this time he did not tell anyone about what he saw in the dream; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.1 | A no ka makemake loa o ke aliʻi e loaʻa mau iā ia ka moeʻuhane mau no Lāʻieikawai, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina nui e mama i ʻawa, a no laila, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke kuhina i nā mea mama ʻawa o ke aliʻi e mama i ka ʻawa. | And because of the chief's longing to dream often, he commanded his chief counsellor to chew awa. So the counsellor summoned the chiefs awa chewers |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.10 sent.2 | I lawe ʻia mai e ka lau makani, | Brought hither on the tip of the wind. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.10 sent.3 | E ke ahe makani Puʻulena o ka lua, | By the light keen wind of the fiery pit. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o ke mele ʻana, “He mea kupanaha! ʻAʻole hoʻi āu wahine a kāua e noho nei, akā, i loko o kāu mele e heluhelu nei, me he wahine lā kāu.” | Said the counsellor to the chief, after he had ended his singing, "This is strange! You have had no woman since we two have been living here, yet in your song you chanted as if you had a woman here." |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.2 sent.3 | Ua ʻike ʻole ke aliʻi i kāna mea e manaʻo ai. | that he saw nothing of what he had desired. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.8 sent.1 | Iā lāua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, hoʻomaopopo loa aʻela ke aliʻi e holo i Hawaiʻi e ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai. | After talking over all these things, then the chief fully decided to go to Hawaii to see Laieikawai. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.9 sent.1 | I ka pau ʻana o nā lā ʻino a hiki mai ka manawa kūpono no ka holo moana, kauoha aʻela ke kuhina i nā kāpena waʻa o ke aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau i nā wāʻa no ka holo i Hawaiʻi i ia pō iho. | At the close of the rough season and the coming of good weather for sailing, the counsellor ordered the chief's sailing masters to make the double canoe ready to sail for Hawaii that very night; |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.1 | Ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, kauoha ʻia ka poʻe nānā uli o ke aliʻi a me nā kilokilo e nānā i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a me ka moana inā he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele, a inā he hiki ʻole e like me ka mea mau. | Before the going down of the sun the steersmen and soothsayers were ordered to observe the look of the clouds and the ocean to see whether the chief could go or not on his journey, according to the signs. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kīpahulu, hoʻoholo aʻela ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo e hele wāwae ma uka a ma nā waʻa nā kānaka. | At Kipahulu the chief said he would go along the coast afoot and the men by boat. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.3 | I ke aliʻi naʻe e hele ana, he nui ka poʻe i ukali iā lāua no ka makemake iā ʻAiwohikupua. | On the way a crowd followed them for admiration of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.4 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo i Hāna, he nui ka poʻe i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi i ke aliʻi no ka pākela o ka maikaʻi. | When they reached the canoe landing at Haneoo at Hana the people crowded to behold the chief, because of his exceeding beauty. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā naʻe i hiki aku ai, e heʻe nalu mai ana nā kāne a me nā wāhine i ka nalu o Pūhele, aia naʻe i laila kekahi kaikamahine aliʻi maikaʻi kaulana o Hāna ʻo Hinaikamalama kona inoa. | When the party reached there the men and women were out surf riding in the waves of Puhele, and among them was one noted princess of Hana, Hinaikamalama by name. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.2 | I loko hoʻi o ko lāua ʻike ʻana i ua kaikamahine aliʻi nei o Hāna, a laila, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e nā kuko, a ʻo ia nō hoʻi ke kumu o ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana ma laila i ia lā. | When they saw the princess of Hana, the chief and his counsellor conceived a passion for her; that was the reason why Aiwohikupua stayed there that day. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.1 | A pau ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko Hinaikamalama heʻe ʻana, ʻo ka nalu ia i pae, hoʻopololei maila ka heʻe ʻana a ke kaikamahine aliʻi ma ka wai o Kūmaka, kahi hoʻi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e noho mai ana. | When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode her last breaker, as she came in. the princess pointed her board straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had stopped. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.2 | I ke kaikamahine aliʻi naʻe e ʻauʻau ana i ka wai o Kūmaka, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e ke kuko ʻino, a no ia mea, ʻiniki malū akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai kahi a Hinaikamalama e ʻauʻau ana i ʻole lāua e pilikia ma ka manaʻo. | While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but their state of mind got them into trouble. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai ko ke aliʻi wahine wahi e ʻauʻau ana, a laila, pane akula ke aliʻi wahine, “E nā aliʻi! | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had put some distance between themselves and the princess's bathing place, the princess called, "O chiefs, |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.5 | I makemake nō hoʻi e hele, hele nō. | When you wish to go, go; |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.6 | Inā he makemake e noho i Hāna nei nō hoʻi, noho iho.” | if you wish to stay, this is Hana, stay here." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, ua lohe ʻoe i kaʻu hoʻohiki paʻa ʻana, ʻaʻole au e lawe mai i kekahi wahine o kēia mau moku i wahine naʻu.” | but you have heard my vow not to take any woman of these islands to wife." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻī aku kona kuhina, “Ua laʻa ʻoe no kēlā hoʻohiki āu, a laila, e aho naʻu ka wahine a kāua.” | At these words his counsellor said, "You are bound by that vow of yours; better, therefore, that this woman be mine." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.4 sent.2 | A iā lāua e heʻe nalu ana, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻopuni ʻia maila ke aliʻi wahine no ʻAiwohikupua, a ua nui ka poʻe i hoʻopuni paʻa ʻia no ka makemake i ke aliʻi kāne. | and as they rode, behold I the princess conceived a passion for Aiwohikupua, and many others took a violent liking to the chief. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.5 sent.1 | A pau ka ʻauʻau ʻana a lāua, hoʻi akula lāua me ka manaʻo e kau ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku, akā, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke aliʻi wahine e kōnane mai ana a manaʻo ihola ke aliʻi kāne malihini e hele i ke kōnane, akā, ua lilo mua na ke aliʻi wahine ke kāhea e kōnane lāua. | After the bath, they returned to the canoe thinking to go aboard and set out, but Aiwohikupua saw the princess playing konane and the stranger chief thought he would play a game with her; now, the princess had first called them to come and play. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi wahine, “ʻAʻole he maikaʻi o kou kumu pili, e ka malihini. | Said the princess, "Your wager, stranger, is not well — |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.3 | Inā e make au iā ʻoe, a laila, e lilo wau nāu. | if I lose to you then I become yours |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.4 | Ma kāu hana e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai a e hoʻokō ai hoʻi, ma ka mea kūpono naʻe o ka hoʻokō aku. | and will do whatever you tell me just as we have agreed, |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.5 | A inā hoʻi e make ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, ʻo ʻoe nō kaʻu. | and if you lose to me, then you are mine; |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.6 | E like me kāu hana iaʻu, pēlā nō au e hana ai iā ʻoe me ko noho i Maui nei.” | as you would do to me, so shall I to you, and you shall dwell here on Maui." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.10 | ʻAʻohe ou kumu ʻē aʻe e pili mai ai, a inā naʻe he kaikaina kou, a laila, ʻae aku au e pili hou kāua.” | you have nothing more to put up, unless it be your younger brother; in that case I will bet with you again." |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.1 | A i loko o ko lāua manawa kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “He nani hoʻi ia ua pili aʻe nei koʻu kino me ʻoe, a ua maikaʻi nō, akā, ʻaʻole kāua e launa koke. | During the talk, Aiwohikupua gave to the princess this counsel. "Although I belong to you, and this is well, yet let us not at once become lovers, |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.2 | Aia a hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻohiki wau ma mua o kuʻu holo ʻana mai nei, ʻaʻole wau e launa me kekahi o nā wāhine ʻē aʻe. | not until I return from my journey about Hawaii; for I vowed before sailing hither to know no woman |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.3 | Aia nō a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a laila, hana wau e like me kuʻu makemake, e like me kā kāua e kamaʻilio nei, a ʻo ia hoʻi ka hoʻokō ʻia ʻana o kou makemake. | until I had made the circuit of Hawaii; after that I will do what you please as we have agreed. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, ke kauoha mua aku nei wau iā ʻoe ma mua o kuʻu hele ʻana e noho ʻoe me ka maluhia loa. | So I lay my command upon you before I go, to live in complete purity, |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.5 | ʻAʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hana iki i kekahi mea pono ʻole e keʻakeʻa ai i kā kāua hoʻohiki. | not to consent to any others, not to do the least thing to disturb our compact; |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.6 | A hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi mākaʻikaʻi mai, a laila, e hoʻokō ʻia ke kumu pili o ka wahine aliʻi. | and when I return from sight-seeing, then the princess's stake shall be paid. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa e hoʻokokoke ʻāina aku nā waʻa, no ka mea, ua makemake ke aliʻi e ʻike i ke kumu o kēia ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka. | Then Aiwohikupua ordered the boatmen to paddle inshore, for he wanted to see why the crowd was gathering. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōkalakala koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hele e mākaʻikaʻi i ka ʻaha mokomoko. | At once Aiwohikupua trembled with eagerness to go and see the boxing match; |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa, pili akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma ke kumulāʻau milo e nānā ana no ka hoʻouka kaua. | then Aiwohikupua leaned against the trunk of a milo tree to watch the attack begin. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe e kū ana ma kona wahi, puka maila ʻo Ihuanu a kū i waena o ke kahua mokomoko e hōʻike ana iā ia iho i mua o ke anaina, a kāhea maila me ka leo nui, “ʻO wai ka mea ma kēlā aoʻao mai e hele mai e mokomoko?” | As Aiwohikupua stood there, Cold-nose entered the open space and stood in the midst to show himself off to the crowd, and he called out in a loud voice: "What man on that side will come and box?" |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi mea ke ʻaʻa mai e kū i mua o Ihuanu, no ka mea, ʻo ko Kohala ʻoi kelakela nō ia ma ka ikaika i ke kuʻikuʻi. | But no one dared to come and stand before Cold-nose, for the fellow was the strongest boxer in Kohala. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.3 | Iā Ihuanu e hōʻike ana iā ia iho, huli aʻela ʻo ia a ʻike iā ʻAiwohikupua, kāhea maila, “Pehea ʻoe, e ka malihini? | As Cold-nose showed himself off he turned and saw Aiwohikupua and called out, '"How are you, stranger? |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.4 | E pono paha ke leʻaleʻa?” | Will you have some fun?" |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia leo kāhea a Ihuanu, hele akula a kū i mua o ke kahua kaua e hāwele ana me kona ʻaʻahu pūkohukohu i like me ke ʻano mau o nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi. | When Aiwohikupua heard the voice of Cold-nose calling him, he came forward and stood in front of the boxing field while he bound his red loin cloth about him in the fashion of a chief's bodyguard, |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.1 sent.2 | Pane akula ʻo ia i mua o kona hoa hakakā, “E ke kamaʻāina, ua noi mai ʻoe iaʻu e leʻaleʻa kāua a eia hoʻi kaʻu noi iā ʻoe. | and he answered his opponent: "O native born, you have asked me to have some fun with you, and this is what I ask of you: |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole au e ʻaʻa aku e hakakā me ʻoe ma kāu noi ke ʻole ʻoe e kū mai me nā mea ʻē aʻe ma kou aoʻao. | Answered Aiwohikupua, "I will not accept the challenge without others on your side, |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ka ʻaha kanaka a pau o ke kahua mokomoko i ka ʻoi ʻana o ka ikaika o ʻAiwohikupua no ka make loa ʻana o ke kanaka ma ke pale wale ʻana nō, i ia manawa, hele maila kekahi mau pūʻali o Ihuanu a ʻōlelo maila iā Ihuanu penei, “E Ihuanu ē! | When all the players on the boxing field saw how strong Aiwohikupua was to kill the man with just a push; Then Cold-nose's backers went to him and said: "Here, Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.2 | Ke ʻike maopopo leʻa aku nei wau ʻānō i kēia manawa ʻaʻole e lanakila ana ko kākou aoʻao, a ma kuʻu manaʻopaʻa hoʻi, e lanakila ana ka malihini ma luna o kākou, no ka mea, ke ʻike maopopo akula nō ʻoe ua make loa ko kākou kanaka i ka wēlau wale nō o ko ia ala lima. | I see pretty plainly now our side will never get the best of it; I am sure that the stranger will beat us, for you see how our man was killed by just a push from his hand; |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e hui ka ʻaha. | Now, I advise you to dismiss the contestants |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.5 | E pono ke hoʻopau ka mokomoko ʻana a me kou ʻaʻa ʻana aku i ka malihini. | and put an end to the game and stop challenging the stranger. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.6 | A no laila, e hele ʻoe a i ka malihini, e lūlū lima ʻolua, a e hāʻawi aku i kou aloha nona i aloha pū ai ʻolua me ka ʻike aku o ka ʻaha ua hoʻomoe a pau wale ke kaua.” | So, you go up to the stranger and shake hands, you two, and welcome him, to let the people see that the fight is altogether hushed up." |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.1 | I loko o kēia ʻōlelo, a laila, ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina wela o Ihuanu no kēia ʻōlelo me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E koʻu poʻe kōkua, mai makaʻu ʻoukou. | These words roused Cold-nose to hot wrath and he said: "Here! you backers of mine, don't be afraid, |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.5 | A no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, inā i hopo ʻoukou no kēlā malihini, a laila, e hūnā ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou mau maka i ke aouli. | And now I tell you if you fear the stranger, then hide your eyes in the blue sky. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.6 | Aia a lohe aku ʻoukou ua lanakila ʻo Ihuanu, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu puʻupuʻu iā Kanikapiha, ka ʻai a ke kumu i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ʻaʻole e lanakila mai ʻo ia ma luna oʻu, no ka mea, ua kani ka pola o kuʻu malo i kēia lā.” | When you hear that Cold-nose has conquered, then remember my blow called The-end-that-sang , the fruit of the tree which you have never tasted, the master's stroke which you have never learned. By this sign I know that he will never get the better of me, the end of my girdle sang to-day." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Ihuanu naʻe e ʻōlelo kaena ana iā ia iho i mua o kona mau hoa no kona lanakila ma luna o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, oi maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a kokoke iki ma ke alo o Ihuanu, ʻūpoʻipoʻi aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau lima ma ka poʻohiwi, me he moa kāne lā e hoʻomākaukau ana no ke kani ʻana, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Ihuanu, “E Ihuanu! | While Cold-nose was boasting to his backers how he would overcome Aiwohikupua, then Aiwohikupua moved up and cocked his eye at Cold-nose, flapped with his arms against his side like a cock getting ready to crow, and said to Cold-nose, "Here, Cold-nose! |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.3 | A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia kaena a ʻAiwohikupua e kuʻi, a laila, leha aʻela nā maka o Ihuanu a puni ka ʻaha, ʻike akula ʻo ia e hiʻi ʻia mai ana kekahi keiki ʻōpiopio loa, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Ihuanu iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole naʻu ʻoe e kuʻi, na kēlā wahi keiki e hiʻi ʻia maila, nāna ʻoe e kuʻi, a ʻo ia kou hoa hakakā.” | When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your opponent." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.3 | No laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau i kēia, he hiki i kuʻu akua ke hāʻawi mai iaʻu e lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka, a e hoʻolilo aʻe kuʻu akua i ke poʻo o ko ʻoukou ikaika i mea milimili na kuʻu mau hoe waʻa.” | for I say to him, my god can give me victory over this man, and my god will deliver the head of this mighty one to be a plaything for my paddlers." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pule akula i kona mau akua penei, “E Lanipipili, Laniʻoaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa a me Nākolowailani, i kēia lā, e ʻike mai ʻoukou iaʻu i kā ʻoukou kama, kā ʻoukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei. | Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth. |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.2 | Mai kēia lā, e hāʻawi mai ʻoukou i ka ikaika a pau ma luna o kā ʻoukou kama nei. | Give this day all your strength into your child; |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.3 | E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia. | by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one. |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1 | A pau kāna pule ʻana, kū aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i luna me ka maka ikaika a mākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua a nīnau akula iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākauakau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu?” | At the close of this prayer Aiwohikupua stood up with confident face and asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?" |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.1 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Ihuanu, “ʻAʻole au e kuʻi aku iā ʻoe. | Cold-nose answered. "I am not ready to strike you; |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.1 sent.3 | Nāu e kuʻi mua mai iaʻu.” | you strike me first!" |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ke kumu kuʻi a Ihuanu i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hele maila a ma ka ʻaoʻao o Ihuanu, ʻī maila, “Hāwāwā ʻoe, e kuʻu haumāna. | When Cold-nose's master heard these words he went to Cold-nose's side and said, "You are foolish, my pupil. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.2 sent.2 | Inā e kēnā hou mai kēlā, a laila, e hoʻomaka ʻoe e kuʻi me kou ikaika a pau, no ka mea ʻo kona manawa e kēnā mai ai e kuʻi, ʻo ia ihola nō ka hoʻomaka ʻana,” a no laila, ua pono kēia iā Ihuanu. | If he orders you forward again then deliver the strongest blow you can give, for when he gives you the order to strike he himself begins the fight." So Cold- nose was satisfied. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, nīnau hou akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākaukau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu? | After this, Aiwohikupua again asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me? |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.2 | Inā he manaʻo e kuʻi, kuʻi mai i kuʻu maka.” | Strike my face, if you want to!" |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.3 | I ia manawa, e waiho koke mai ana ʻo Ihuanu i ka puʻupuʻu, hū ka makani ma ka pāpālina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻaʻole naʻe i kū, no ka mea, ua ʻalo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo ia ka mea i hala ai. | Then Cold-nose instantly delivered a blow like the whiz of the wind at Aiwohikupua's face, but Aiwohikupua dodged and he missed it. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.1 | A hala ka puʻupuʻu a Ihuanu, e waiho koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kāna puʻupuʻu, kū nō i ka houpo, hulā ma ke kua. | As the blow missed, Aiwohikupua instantly sent his blow, struck right on the chest and pierced to his back; |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.1 | A make ihola ʻo Ihuanu, hele maila kona mau hoa e waiho ana, nā mea hoʻi nāna i ʻōlelo mai e hoʻōki ka hakakā me ka nīnau iho, “E Ihuanu! | When Cold-nose was dead his supporters came to where he was lying, those who had warned him to end the fight, and cried, "Aha! Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.2 | Ua hiki anei i ko ʻai i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā mākou ke hoʻōla iā ʻoe e hakakā hou me kēlā kanaka ikaika lua ʻole?” | could the fruit we have never tasted save you? Will you fight a second time with that man of might?" |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.1 | I ka lehulehu e lulumi ana no ka make o Ihuanu, ko lākou pūkaua, a e uē ana hoʻi, hele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a ʻoki aʻela i ke poʻo o Ihuanu a me ka lāʻau pālau a Ihuanu, a kiola akula i kona mau hoʻokele. | As the host were crowding about the dead body of their champion and wailing, Aiwohikupua came and cut off Cold-nose's head with the man's own war club and threw it contemptuously to his followers: |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.7 sent.1 | Holo akula kā lākou nei a kau i Honokaʻope ma Waipiʻo, ma laila aku a waho o Pāʻauhau, nānā aʻela lākou, e kū ana ka ʻeʻa o ka lepo o uka. | They sailed and touched at Honokaape at Waipio, then came off Paauhau and saw a cloud of dust rising landward. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.7 sent.2 | Nīnau akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “He aha lā kēlā lehulehu e paʻapū mai nei ʻo uka? | Aiwohikupua asked his counsellor, "Why is that crowd gathering on land? |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.7 sent.4 | Inā he ʻaha mokomoko kēlā, e hele hou kāua e mākaʻikaʻi.” | let us go again to look on!" |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kuhina, “Kāhea ʻia aku nā hoʻokele e hoʻoponopono aʻe nā waʻa a holo pololei aku i ke awa i lohe aku kākou i kēlā lehulehu,” a hoʻokō ʻia ko ke aliʻi makemake, a holo aku lākou a ma lalo o ka pali kahakai, nīnau akula i nā wāhine e kuʻi ʻopihi ana, “He aha kēlā lehulehu o uka?” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?" |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi maila nā wāhine iā lākou, “He ʻaha hoʻokūkū mokomoko, a ʻo ka mea ʻoi o ka ikaika, a laila, ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia e hele e kuʻikuʻi me ke kanaka Kauaʻi i hakakā mai nei me Ihuanu a make mai nei ua ʻo Ihuanu. | The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose; |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ia ia pihe e ʻuā ala.” | that is what all the shouting is about." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hekau nā waʻa, a lele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona kuhina aku me nā hoʻokele ʻelua, piʻi akula lākou nei a hiki i ka ʻaha mokomoko. | So Aiwohikupua instantly gave orders to anchor the canoe, and Aiwohikupua landed with his counsellor and the two steersmen, and they went up to the boxing match: |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.2 sent.2 | Aia naʻe lākou ma kahi kaʻawale mai e nānā ana i ka ʻaha. | there they stood at a distance watching the people. |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, hele maila kekahi kamaʻāina ma ko lākou nei wahi e noho ana. | Then came one of the natives of the place to where they stood |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.3 sent.2 | Nīnau akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hana a ka ʻaha, haʻi ʻia maila e like me ka ʻōlelo a kēlā mau wāhine i ʻōlelo ai. | and Aiwohikupua asked what the people were doing, and the man answered as the women had said. |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.3 sent.3 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi kamaʻāina, “E hele ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku ʻo wau kekahi e leʻaleʻa me kēlā poʻe, ʻaʻole naʻe e leʻaleʻa me ka poʻe ikaika ʻole.” | Aiwohikupua said to the man, "You go and say I am a fellow to have some fun with the boxers, but not with anyone who is not strong." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ua wahi kamaʻāina nei, “Hoʻokahi nō ikaika o kēia ʻaha, ʻo Hāunakā, a ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia ana i Kohala e hakakā me ke kanaka Kauaʻi.” | The man answered. "Haunaka is the only strong one in this crowd, and he is to be sent to Kohala to fight with the Kauai man." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E hele koke ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā Hāunakā e leʻaleʻa māua.” | Said Aiwohikupua. "Go ahead and tell Haunaka that we two will have some fun together." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.6 sent.1 | A hiki aku ua wahi kanaka kamaʻāina nei a hālāwai me Hāunakā, a lohe o Hāunakā i kēia mau ʻōlelo, lūlū ihola ʻo ia i kona mau lima, paʻipaʻi aʻela i ka umauma, keʻekeʻehi nā wāwae a peʻahi maila iā ʻAiwohikupua e helu aku i loko o ka ʻaha. | When the man found Haunaka, and Haunaka heard these words, he clapped his hands, struck his chest, and stamped his feet, and beckoned to Aiwohikupua to come inside the field, |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.7 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka ʻaha, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o Hāunakā, “ʻAʻole e ʻeha ke keiki Kauaʻi iā ʻoe. | When Aiwohikupua was on the field he said to Haunaka, "You can never hurt the Kauai boy: |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.8 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, kāhea maila ma waho o ka ʻaha he wahi kanaka i ʻike i ka hakakā ʻana a ʻAiwohikupua me Ihuanu, “E Hāunakā a me ka ʻaha, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e pakele i kēia kanaka. | As Aiwohikupua was speaking a man called out from outside the crowd, who had seen Aiwohikupua fighting with Cold-nose, "Haunaka and all of you gathered here, you will never outdo this man; |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.1 sent.2 | Ma ʻaneʻi, e kamaʻilio iki kākou no Hulumāniani, ka makāula nāna i ukali mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai Kauaʻi mai, ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia ma ka helu mua o keia kaʻao.) | Here we shall say a word about Hulumaniani, the seer, who followed Laieikawai hither from Kauai, as described in the first chapter of this story. |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.2 | I ua ahiahi lā, ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, e noho ana ka makāula ma ka puka o ka hale. | That evening before sunset, as the seer was sitting at the door of the house, |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.4 | ʻī akula ua makāula nei, “He waʻa aliʻi hoʻi kēia e holo mai nei. | Said the seer, '"A chief's canoe comes hither, |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pūʻiwa koke aʻela ka lehulehu e noho pū ana me ka makāula. | The men sitting with the chief started up at once, |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.4 sent.3 | ʻApōpō, e ʻike kākou he waʻa aliʻi.” | tomorrow you will see the chief's canoe.'' |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō a ao aʻe, ma hope o ka ʻauinalā, ʻike hou akula ʻo ia i ke kū a ka pūnohu i ka moana ma ka hōʻailona i kū iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me ka mea i maʻa i ua makāula nei. | A night and a day passed; toward evening he again saw the cloud rise on the ocean in the form which the seer recognized as Aiwohikupua's — |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.2 | (E like paha me ka ʻike ʻana i ke kalaunu mōʻī o kēlā aliʻi kēia aliʻi ke hiki mai iā kākou nei, pēlā paha ka maopopo ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua pūnohu i ike ʻia e ua makāula nei.) | perhaps as we recognize the crown of any chief |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.3 | A no ka ʻike ʻana o ka makāula i kēlā hōʻailona, kū aʻela ʻo ia a hopu he wahi puaʻa, he moa lawa, me ka pū ʻawa e hoʻomākaukau ana no ka hiki mai o ʻAiwohikupua. | When the prophet saw that sign he arose and caught a little pig and a black cock, and pulled a bundle of awa root to prepare for Aiwohikupua's coming. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia hana a ka makāula, he mea haʻohaʻo loa ia i ko lākou poʻe me ka nīnau aku, “E hele ana ʻoe e hoʻomākaukau nei kēia ukana āu?” | The people wondered at his action and asked, ''Are you going away that you make these things ready?" |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.3 sent.1 | Haʻi maila ka makāula, “E hoʻomākaukau mua ana wau no ka hiki mai o kuʻu aliʻi ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | The seer said, "I am making ready for my chief, Aiwohikupua; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.3 sent.3 | Nona kēlā kualau i ka moana a me kēia noe e uhi nei.” | his sign is on the ocean, and his mist covers it." |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.3 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻike akula nā mea a pau i kēia kaulua e holo mai ana a pae i ke awa me ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi i luna o nā waʻa, a laila, maopopo aʻela ka wānana a ka makāula. | and as soon as it was quiet all saw the double canoe coming to land carrying above it the taboo sign of a chief. Then the seer's prediction was fulfilled. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.1 | I nā waʻa e holo mai ana a pae, kū ana ka makāula i ke awa. | When the canoe came to land the seer was standing at the landing; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.2 | Mai luna mai o Kaiwilahilahi, hahau ihola ka makāula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi, a pule akula ʻo ia ma ka inoa o nā akua o ʻAiwohikupua, a eia kāna pule, “E Lanipipili, e Laniʻoaka, e Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa, e Nākolowailani. | he advanced from Kaiwilahilahi, threw the pig before the chief, and prayed in the name of the gods of Aiwohikupua. and this was his prayer: "O Heavens, Lightning, and Rain; O Air, Thunder, and Earthquake; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.3 | E nā akua o kuʻu aliʻi, kuʻu milimili, kuʻu ʻihi kapu, ka mea nāna e kālua kēia mau iwi. | O gods of my chief, my beloved, my sacred taboo chief, who will bury these bones! |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.5 | E ʻike i kā ʻoukou kauā iā Hulumāniani. | look upon your servant, Hulumaniani, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ke aliʻi e hoʻolohe ana i ka pule a ka makāula, ʻike maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kāna makāula kēia. | As the chief listened to the prophet's prayer, Aiwohikupua recognized his own prophet, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ka pule ʻana a ua makāula nei, kēnā koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hāʻawi nā makana a ka makāula na nā akua.” | As soon as the prayer was ended, Aiwohikupua commanded his counsellor to "present the seer's gifts to the gods." |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi akula ke kauā e like me kā kākou heluhelu ʻana ma nā mokuna mua. | The servant, told him all that we have read about in former chapters. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.2 sent.3 | E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila, aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea a kāua e kiʻi nei, a ma laila nō kahi i loaʻa ai iaʻu.” | See that rainbow arch? Laieikawai is there, the one whom you want to find, and there
is where I found her. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.3 | No laila, ke noi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, e kali kāua a ʻike ʻia mai ka mālie ʻana. | But let us wait until it is pleasant |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.2 | Piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina a hiki i Kūkululaumania ma ke kauhale o nā kamaʻāina, a noho ihola ma laila e kali ana no ka mālie o ka ua. | and Aiwohikupua went up with his counsellor to Kukululaumania to the houses of the natives of the place and stayed there waiting for pleasant weather. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, e piʻo mai ana nō ke ānuenue i kahi a lāua i ʻike mua ai. | lo! the rainbow arching where they had seen it before: |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.3 | Kakali lōʻihi ihola ke aliʻi a hiki i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, hoʻi akula a kona kuhina, aia kēlā e hiamoe ana. | long the chief waited until the sun came, then he went in |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.4 | Hoʻāla akula me ka ʻī aku i ke kuhina, “ʻĒ! Pono ʻiʻo paha kāu e ʻōlelo nei iaʻu no kakahiaka pōʻeleʻele. | and aroused his counsellor and said to him: "Here! perhaps you were right: |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.5 | Ala ʻē aku nei nō wau i waho, ʻike aku nei nō au e piʻo mai ana ke ānuenue i kahi nō āu i kuhikuhi ai iaʻu. | I myself rose early while it was still dark, and went outside and actually saw the rainbow arching in the place you had pointed out to me, |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.6 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ua wahi kanaka nei, “ʻO kaʻu ia e ʻōlelo aku ana iā ʻoe, e holo kākou. | The man said: "That is what I told you: if we had gone |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.2 | Nānā akula lākou, e kū mai ana nō nā hale o Kauakahialiʻi mā; e heʻe nalu mai ana nō hoʻi nā kamaʻāina. | and saw Kauakahialii's houses standing there and the people of the place out surf riding. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.3 | A hiki lākou, mahalo maila nā kamaʻāina no ʻAiwohikupua e like me kona ʻano mau. | When they arrived, the people of the place admired Aiwohikupua as much as ever. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.4 | Noho malihini ihola lākou iā Keaʻau a ahiahi, kauoha mua ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa e noho mālie a hoʻi mai lāua mai kā lāua huakaʻi ʻimi wahine mai, ʻoiai, ʻo lākou wale nō. | The strangers remained at Keaau until evening, then Aiwohikupua ordered the steersmen and rowers to stay quietly until the two of them returned from their search for a wife, only they two alone. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.1 | Piʻi akula lāua i loko o nā ulu lāʻau loloa, i ka hihia paʻa o ka nāhelehele me ka luhi a hiki lāua ma kahi e kokoke ana i Paliuli, lohe lāua i ka leo o ka moa. | They made way with difficulty through high forest trees and thickets of tangled brush, until, at a place close to Paliuli, they heard the crow of a cock. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.6 | Aia ke kupuna wahine o Lāʻieikawai ke hōʻuluʻulu maila i nā moa e like me kāna hana mau.” | there is Laieikawai's grandmother calling together the chickens as usual." |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.3 sent.2 | A maopopo iā ʻAiwohikupua ke kokoke hiki o lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, nonoi akula ʻo ia e hāʻawi mai kahi kanaka i ka ʻahuʻula i paʻa iho ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ia mea ma kona lima a hiki i ko lāua launa ʻana me ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli. | When Aiwohikupua saw that they were approaching Laieikawai's house, he asked for the feather cloak to hold in his hand when they met the princess of Paliuli. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.4 sent.1 | A hala ka mahina ʻai, ʻike akula lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia me nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke akua i ka makāula ma ka hihiʻo i luna o Kaʻuiki. | The garden patch passed, they beheld Laieikawai's house covered with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, as the see had seen in his vision from the god on Kauwiki. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua e nānā ana i ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, he mea ʻē ke kāhāhā a me ka hilahila. | When Aiwohikupua saw the house of the princess of Paliuli, he felt strangely perplexed and abashed, |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.5 | I ʻike aku nei ka hana i ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine, ʻaʻole nō ona lua, no laila, ʻānō, e hoʻi kāua me ka launa ʻole.” | The princess's house has no equal for workmanship: therefore, let us return without making ourselves known." |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki kā hoʻi kāua i ka hale o ko wahine, kā kāua mea i ʻau mai nei i kēia mau kai ʻewalu, a eia kā hoʻi he koi kāu e hoʻi. | after we have reached the woman's house for whom we have swum eight seas, here you are
begging to go back. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.6 sent.3 | E hele nō kāua a launa. | Let us go and make her acquaintance, |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.6 sent.4 | Aia mai i laila ka nele a me ka loaʻa, no ka mea, inā nō paha ia e hōʻole mai, hoʻomano aku nō. | whether for failure or success; for, even if she should refuse, keep at it; |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.2 | “ʻAʻole e hiki iā kāua ke hele e hālāwai me ke aliʻi wahine, a ʻaʻole nō hoʻi e loaʻa, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau, ua ʻano ʻē loa ka hale. | "We will not meet the princess, and we shall certainly not win her, for I see now the
house is no ordinary one. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.3 | Ua lawe mai nei au i koʻu ʻahuʻula i makana e hāʻawi aku ai i ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli nei, akā, ke nānā aku nei wau, ʻo ke pili ihola ia o ka hale o ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻike nō ʻoe, ʻo kēia mea he ʻahuʻula, ʻaʻole ia e loaʻa i nā mea ʻē aʻe. | I have brought my cloak wrought with feathers for a gift to the princess of Paliuli and I behold them here as thatch for the princess's house; yet you know, for that matter,
even a cloak of feathers |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.4 | I nā aliʻi ʻai moku wale nō e loaʻa ai, no laila, e hoʻi kāua.” | is owned by none but the highest chiefs; so let us return." |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa ka ʻike ʻana mai o ka makāula iā ʻAiwohikupua e holo ana i ka moana. | now the seer saw Aiwohikupua sailing over the ocean. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.3 | A hala hope ʻo Humuʻula iā lākou, hiki lākou ma waho pono o Kealakaha, ʻike maila lākou nei i kēia wahine e noho ana i ka pali kahakai; e hiamoe ana naʻe ke aliʻi i ia manawa. | After passing Humuula they stopped right off Kealakaha, and while the chief slept they saw a woman sitting on the sea cliff by the shore. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.2 | A no kēia, hikilele aʻela ka hiamoe o ʻAiwohikupua, nīnau aʻela i kā lākou mea e walaʻau nei, haʻi ʻia akula, “He wahine maikaʻi aia ke noho maila i ka pali.” | At this Aiwohikupua started up and asked what they were shouting about. They said, "There is a beautiful woman sitting on the sea cliff." |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAlawa aʻela ke aliʻi a ʻike akula he mea ʻē o ka wahine maikaʻi, a no kēia mea, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i nā hoe waʻa e hoe pololei aku ma kahi a ka wahine e noho mai ana, a holo akula a kokoke. | The chief turned his head to look, and saw that the stranger was, indeed, a charming woman. So the chief ordered the boatmen to row straight to the place where the woman was sitting, and as they approached |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.4 | Hālāwai mua ihola lākou me ke kanaka e paeaea ana, nīnau akula, “ʻO wai kēlā wahine e noho maila i luna o ka pali ma luna pono ou?” | they first encountered a man fishing with a line, and asked, "Who is that woman sitting
up there on the bank directly above you? " |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka manaʻo nui o ke aliʻi e ʻike i kēlā wahine, peʻahi ʻia akula a iho koke maila kēlā me kona ʻaʻahu kapa i hoʻopuni ʻia i ka hau, a hāʻawi maila i kona aloha iā ʻAiwohikupua, a aloha akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi kāne i kona aloha ma ka lūlū lima ʻana. | As the chief had a great desire to see the woman, she was beckoned to: and she approached with her cloak all covered with snow and gave her greeting to Aiwohikupua, and he greeted her in return by shaking hands. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hālāwai malihini ana, ʻī aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E Poliʻahu ē, e ka wahine maikaʻi o ka pali, pōmaikaʻi wale wau iā ʻoe ma ko kāua hālāwai ʻana iho nei. | After meeting the stranger, Aiwohikupua said, "O Poliahu, fair
mistress of the coast, happily are we met here; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.2 | A no laila, e ke Aliʻi wahine o ka pali nei, ke makemake nei wau e lawe ʻoe iaʻu i kāne hoʻāo nāu a e noho kanaka lawelawe aku ma lalo ou. | and therefore, O princess of the cliff, I wish you to take me and try me for your husband,
and I will be the servant under you; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.3 | Ma kāu mau ʻōlelo e ʻōlelo ai a ma laila wale nō wau. | whatever commands you utter I will obey. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.4 | Inā hoʻi e ʻae ʻoe e lawe iaʻu e like me kaʻu e noi aku nei iā ʻoe, a laila, e kau kāua ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku i Kauaʻi. | If you consent to take me as I beseech you, then come on board the canoe and go to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.4 sent.2 | No uka lilo mai wau mai ka piko mai o kēlā mauna e ʻaʻahu mau ana i nā kapa keʻokeʻo e like me kēia kapa aʻu e ʻaʻahu aku nei. | I come from inland: from the summit of that mountain, which is clothed in
a white garment like this I am wearing: |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.4 sent.3 | A pehea lā i hikiwawe ai ka loaʻa ʻana o koʻu inoa iā ʻoe e ke Aliʻi?” | and how did you find out my name so quickly?" |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAkahi nō wau a maopopo no Mauna Kea mai ʻoe, a ua loaʻa koke kou inoa iā mākou ma ka haʻi ʻia ʻana e kēlā kanaka paeaea.” | Said Aiwohikupua, "This is the first I knew about your coming from the White Mountain, but we found out your name readily from that fisherman yonder." |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.1 | “A no kāu noi, e ke Aliʻi,” wahi a Poliʻahu, “e lawe wau iā ʻoe i kāne naʻu, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe me ka nīnau aku, ʻaʻole anei ʻo ʻoe ke aliʻi i kū i luna a hoʻohiki ma ka inoa o kou mau akua ʻaʻole ʻoe e lawe i hoʻokahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni mai Hawaiʻi nei a Kauaʻi; aia kāu wahine lawe no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea? | "As to what the chief desires of me," said Poliahu. "I will take you for my husband; and now let me ask you, are you not the chief who stood up and vowed in the name of your gods not to take any woman of these islands from Hawaii to Kauai to wife — only a woman who conies from Moaulanuiakea? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.4 | A no kāu noi mai e lawe kāua iā kāua i mau mea hoʻohui, no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, aia a hoʻopau ʻoe i kāu hoʻohiki mua, a laila, ʻaʻole naʻu e lawe iā ʻoe. | And as to your wishing our union, I assure you, until you have made an end of your first vow it is not my part to take you, |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.5 | Nāu nō e lawe iaʻu a hui kāua e like me kou makemake.” | but yours to take me with you as you desire." |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.7 sent.2 | A liʻuliʻu, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i wahi nīnau pōkole penei, “Pehea lā ʻoe i ʻike ai, a i lohe ai hoʻi, no kaʻu mau hana āu e haʻi mai nei? | and after a while a little question escaped him: "How have you ever heard of these deeds of mine you tell of? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.7 sent.3 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo, e Poliʻahu ē, ʻo nā mea a pau āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ua hana wau e like me ia, no laila, e haʻi mai i ka mea nāna i ʻōlelo aku iā ʻoe.” | It is true, Poliahu, all that you say; I have done as you have described; tell me who has told
you.'' |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole oʻu mea nāna i haʻi mai i kēia mau mea, e ke Aliʻi kāne. | "No one has told me these things, O chief; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.2 | Noʻu iho nō koʻu ʻike,” wahi a ke aliʻi wahine, “no ka mea, ua hānau kupua ʻia mai wau e like me ʻoe, a ua loaʻa nō iaʻu ka ʻike mai ke akua mai o koʻu mau kūpuna a hoʻoili iaʻu e like me ʻoe. | I knew them for myself," said the princess; "for I was born, like you, with godlike powers, and, like you. my knowledge comes to me from the gods of my fathers, who inspire me; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.3 | A na ia akua wau i kuhikuhi mai e like me kaʻu e ʻōlelo nei iā ʻoukou. | and through these gods I showed you what I have told you. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.4 | Iā ʻoukou nō e holo mai ana i Humuʻula, ua ʻike wau nou nā waʻa, a pēlā wau i ʻike ai iā ʻoe.” | As you were setting out at Humuula I saw your canoe, and so knew who you were." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hoʻomaikaʻi akula i mua o Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e lilo ia i kāne hoʻopalau na Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e holo pū i Kauaʻi. | At these words Aiwohikupua knelt and did reverence to Poliahu and begged to become Poliahu's betrothed and asked her to go with him to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.2 | “ʻAʻole kāua e holo pū i Kauaʻi,” wahi a ka wahine, “akā, e kau wau me ʻoukou a Kohala, hoʻi mai wau, a laila, hoʻi ʻoukou.” | "We shall not go together to Kauai." said the woman, "But I will go on board with you to Kohala, then I will return, while you go on." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.3 | Mai ka hoʻomaka ʻana e hālāwai nā aliʻi a hiki i ka pau ʻana o nā ʻōlelo a lāua, i luna nō o nā waʻa kēia mau kamaʻilio ʻana. | Now, the chiefs met and conversed on the deck of the canoe. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.2 | E hoʻokaʻawale mai koʻu wahi, kaʻawale aku ko ʻolua wahi. | let me be alone, apart from you two, |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.4 | Mai hoʻopā mai ʻoukou iaʻu, ʻaʻole hoʻi au e hoʻopā iā ʻoukou a hiki wale i Kohala. | You must not touch me, I will not touch you until we reach Kohala: |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.5 | E noho maluhia loa kākou a pau.” | let us remain under a sacred taboo; " |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kohala a hiki i ka lā i haʻalele ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā iā Kohala, lawe aʻela ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa hau, a hāʻawi akula iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka ʻōlelo aku, “ʻO kuʻu kapa hau he kapa i pāpā loa ʻia e koʻu mau mākua ʻaʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe; iaʻu wale iho nō. | They reached Kohala, and on the day when Aiwohikupua's party left, Poliahu took her garment of snow and gave it to Aiwohikupua, saying. "Here is my snow mantle, the mantle my parents strictly forbade my giving to anyone else; it was to be for myself alone; |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.2 | Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.” | but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kiʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻahuʻula, lawe maila a hoʻouhi akula iā Poliʻahu me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu ma mua o kou hāʻawi ʻana mai iaʻu i ke kapa hau, pēlā nō ʻoe e mālama ai a hiki i ko kāua hui ʻana e like me ke kauoha.” | Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union." |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.1 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i Hāna mai Kohala aku ma hope iho o ko lākou hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā Poliʻahu, ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo ko lākou hiki mua ʻana ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi e noho ana. | When Aiwohikupua reached Hana, after parting with Poliahu at Kohala. his boat approached the canoe landing at Haneoo, where they had been before, where Hinaikamalama was living. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe i hiki aku ai ma kēlā awa pae waʻa, i ka moana nō lākou i lana aku ai, a iā lākou e lana ana ma laila, ʻike maila ʻo Hinaikamalama no ʻAiwohikupua kēia mau waʻa. | When Aiwohikupua reached the landing the canoe floated on the water: and as it floated there Hinaikamalama saw that it was Aiwohikupua's canoe: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.3 | Mahamaha maila ka wahine me ka manaʻo e hele aku ana a hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua, akā, aia nō lākou ke lana mālie maila i ka moana. | joyful was she with the thought of their meeting: but still the boat floated gently on the water. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.1 | Hele mai ʻo Hinaikamalama a ma kahi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e lana ana, ʻī akula ka wahine, “He mea kupanaha! | Hinaikamalama came thither where Aiwohikupua and his men floated. Said the woman. "This is strange! |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.4 | No laila, ke nīnau aku nei wau iā ʻoe, ma laila nō anei ʻoukou e lana ai a holo aku?” | Now, tell me, shall you float there until you leave?" |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole ʻoukou e hiki,” wahi a ka wahine “no ka mea, e kauoha nō wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa iā ʻoe. | "You can not." said the woman. "for I will order the executioner
to hold you fast; |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.1 | “E ke aliʻi wahine, ʻaʻole pēlā,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻaʻole au i hoʻopau i kā kāua hoʻohiki, ke mau nei nō ia. | "O princess, not so!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not to end our vow — that still holds; |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō i hiki i ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai ia hoʻohiki a kāua, no ka mea, ua haʻi mua aku wau iā ʻoe, aia a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi iaʻu, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia kou kumu pili, e ke Aliʻi wahine. | but the time has not come for its fulfillment, for I said to you. * When I have sailed about Hawaii then the princess's bet shall be paid: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.3 | No laila, holo aku nei wau me ka manaʻo e puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, ʻaʻole naʻe i puni. | now, I went meaning to sail about Hawaii, but did not: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.5 | I kipa mai nei i ou lā e haʻi aku no kēia mau mea iā ʻoe, a no laila, e noho malu ʻoe a hiki i kuʻu hoʻi hou ʻana mai, hoʻokō ʻia ka hoʻohiki.” | I have stopped in here to tell you all this; and therefore, live apart, and on my next
return our vow shall be fulfilled." |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.5 | Inā e lohe ʻia ma kēia hope aku, a laila, i lohe ʻia nō iā ʻoukou, a ʻo ka uku o ka mea nāna e haʻi kēia ʻōlelo no ka holo ʻana i Hawaiʻi, ʻo ka make ka mea nāna e ʻōlelo. | if this is heard about, it will be heard through you, and the penalty to anyone who tells of the
journey to Hawaii, it is death, death to himself, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi wau i haʻi aku i kaʻu wahi e hele ai, a no laila, ke haʻi malū aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, e oʻu mau kaikuahine, ʻo kākou wale, i Hawaiʻi aku nei mākou i nalo iho nei. | not even the place where I was to go; and now I tell it to you in secret, my sisters, to you alone. To Hawaii I disappeared |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.3 | I kiʻi aku nei wau iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine male (hoʻāo) naʻu no koʻu lohe ʻana nō iā Kauakahialiʻi e ʻōlelo ana i ka lā a lākou i hiki mai ai. | to fetch Laieikawai for my wife, after hearing Kauakahialii's story the day when his party
returned here. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.5 | ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike aku iā Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo ka hale kaʻu i ʻike maka aku ai, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka hulu melemele o nā manu ʻōʻō, no laila, manaʻo nō au ʻaʻole e loaʻa, hoʻi ʻokoʻa mai nei me ka nele. | I did not see Laieikawai, but my eyes beheld her house thatched with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, so I thought I could not win her and came back here unsuccessful. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.6 | A no ia manaʻo oʻu ʻaʻole e loaʻa iaʻu, manaʻo aʻe au iā ʻoukou, e nā kaikuahine, ka poʻe nō e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake i nā lā i hala, no laila, kiʻi mai nei au iā ʻoukou e holo i Hawaiʻi. | And as I thought of my failure, then I thought of you sisters, "who have won
my wishes for me in the days gone by; therefore I came for you to go to Hawaii, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.7 | ʻO ʻoukou nō ka poʻe e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake, a ma kēia wanaʻao, e kū kākou a e hele.” | the very ones to win what I wish, and at dawn let us rise up and go." |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.9 | I loko o kēia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo ana me nā kaikuahine, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i kona kuhina ʻo ia ke kumu o ka hoʻi wikiwiki ʻana iā Kauaʻi. | As Aiwohikupua talked with his sisters, his counsellor for the
first time understood the reason for their return to Kauai. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.2 | Hoʻokahi malama ke kali ʻana o Poliʻahu no ko lāua hoʻāo e like me kā lāua hoʻohiki ʻana, akā, ua hala ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Hilo no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai. | one month she waited for the promised meeting, but Aiwohikupua was at Hilo after Laieikawai. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.3 sent.2 | Ma ko Poliʻahu ʻano kupua kēia ʻike ʻana, a no ia mea, waiho wale nō i loko o ka wahine kona manaʻo, aia a hālāwai lāua, a laila, hōʻike aku i kāna mea e ʻike nei no kā ʻAiwohikupua mau hana. | through her supernatural power she saw it all; so the woman laid it up in her mind until they should meet, then she showed what she saw Aiwohikupua doing. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.5 sent.2 | A pau nā waʻa i ka hoʻoponopono a me nā ukana a lākou, i ia wā nō, hoʻolale koke aʻe ana ke aliʻi i nā kaikuahine a me kona kuhina e piʻi i uka o Paliuli, a ua hoʻoholo koke lākou i ia manaʻo o ke aliʻi. | and after putting to rights the canoe and the baggage, the chief at once began urging his sisters
and his counsellor to go up to Paliuli; and they readily assented to the chief's wish. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.2 | E noho mālie loa ʻoukou. | do you remain here quietly, |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.1 | A laila, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailehaʻiwale, i ka hānau mua o lākou e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, kū ihola ma ka puka ponoʻī o ka hale o Lāʻieikawai. | Then Aiwohikupua took Mailehaiwale, the first born; she stood right at the door of Laieikawai's house, |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.2 | Iā Mailehaʻiwale e kū lā ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana kēia i ke ʻala, pō ʻo loko i ke ʻala. | and as she stood there she sent forth a fragrance which filled the house; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.3 | Aia naʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai me kona kahu ua paʻuhia ʻia e ka hiamoe nui. | and within was Laieikawai with her nurse fast asleep; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.4 | Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe e hiki ke hiamoe i kēlā manawa, no ka mea, ua hoʻāla ʻia e ke ʻala o Mailehaʻiwale. | but they could no longer sleep, because they were wakened by the scent of Mailehaiwale. |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.2 sent.2 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “E Waka, e Waka ē.” | LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka — O!" |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.3 sent.1 | WAKA: “Eō, he aha kāu o ka pō e ala nei?” | WAKA: "Heigh-yo! why waken in the middle of the night?" |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.6 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “Kā! ʻAʻole au e moe iā ia.” | LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him." |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.7 sent.1 | A lohe lā ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai no ka makemake ʻole e lawe iā ʻAiwohikupua i kāne male, a laila, he mea ʻē ka hilahila, no ka mea, ua lohe maopopo akula lākou nei i ka hōʻole ʻana mai. | When Aiwohikupua heard Laieikawai's refusal to take Aiwohikupua for her husband, then he was abashed, for they heard her refusal quite plainly. |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ka manawa i hōʻole ʻia ai ko ke aliʻi kāne makemake, a laila ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hoʻi kāua a e noho nā kaikuahine oʻu i uka nei, a na lākou nō e ʻimi aʻe i ko lākou wahi e noho ai, no ka mea ʻaʻole a lākou waiwai. | After this refusal, then Aiwohikupua said to his counsellor, "You and I will go home and let my sisters stay up here; as for them, let them live as they can, for they are worthless; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.1 sent.2 | Ua nele aʻela nō ka mea i manao ʻia ai e loaʻa iā lākou.” | they have failed to gain my wish." |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.2 | Kainoa ua ʻōlelo ʻoe iaʻu ma mua o ko kākou lā i haʻalele ai iā Kauaʻi ʻo nā kaikuahine wale nō ou ka mea nāna e kiʻi kou makemake, a ua ʻike nō hoʻi ʻoe i ke kō ʻana o kā lākou mau hana. | I thought before we left Kauai you told me that your sisters were the only ones to get
your wish, and you have seen now what one of them can do; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole paha no ko kaikuahine ia hewa e hiki ai iā kāua ke haʻalele iā lākou? | Is this your sisters' fault, |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ hou aku kona kuhina, “E kuʻu Haku, e hoʻomanawanui hou kāua. | His counsellor spoke again. "My lord, have patience; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.4 sent.2 | E hoʻāʻo aʻe ʻo Mailekaluhea i kāna loaʻa a i nele, a laila hoʻi kākou.” | let Mailekaluhea try her luck, and if she fails then we will go." |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.5 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E hoʻāʻo aku hoʻi ʻoe i kāu loaʻa, a i nele, ʻo ia ihola nō.” | said Aiwohikupua, "Suppose you try your luck, and if you fail, all is over." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.5 | ʻAʻole hoʻi e like me ke ʻala mua iho nei. | not like the first, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.2 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku kahi kahu, “Kāhea ʻia ko kupuna wahine e haʻi mai i ke ʻano o kēia ʻala.” | The nurse said. "Call out to your grandmother to tell you the meaning of the fragrance." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.3 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “E Waka, e Waka ē.” | LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka — O!" |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.4 sent.1 | WAKA: “Eō, he aha kāu o ka pō e ala nei?” | WAKA: "Heigh-yo! why waken in the middle of the night?" |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.7 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “Kā! ʻAʻole au e moe iā ia.” | LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him!" |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.10 sent.1 | “Hoʻopaʻa nō hoʻi ʻoe,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “Kainoa ua haʻi mua iho nei wau iā ʻoe i koʻu manaʻo e hoʻi kākou. | "You are persistent.'" said Aiwohikupua. "Did I not tell you I
wanted to go back, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.3 | Wikiwiki auaneʻi hoʻi paha ʻoe e hoʻi, a hiki kākou i kai o Keaʻau, ʻōlelo kākou no ka loaʻa ʻole, e ʻōlelo aʻe auaneʻi ka poʻe kaikuahine ou i koe,'Inā no iā mākou ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai e kiʻi, inā nō ua ʻae mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai'. | perhaps you are too hasty in going home: when you reach Keaau and say you have not succeeded, your other sisters will say: 'If you had let us try, Laieikawai would have consented;' |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.4 | Aia lā, loaʻa kā lākou mea e kamaʻilio ai. | so, then, they get something to talk about; |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.12 sent.1 | “ʻAuhea ʻoe, e kuʻu Kuhina,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole ʻo ʻoe ke hilahila ana, ʻo wau nō. | "Where are you, my counsellor!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not
you who bears the shame; I am the one. |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.12 sent.2 | Inā e like ana ka manaʻo o ka moʻopuna me ko Waka lā, inā ua pono.” | If the grandchild thought as Waka does all would be well." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.2 | A hōʻole mai auaneʻi ia, na wai e ʻōlelo kāna hōʻole ʻana? | and if she should refuse, who will tell of it? |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi a kūpono i ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻala e like me nā mea mua. | Mailelaulii went right to the door of the chief-house; she gave out her perfume as the others had done: |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole hoʻi e like me kēlā mau mea mua.” | not like those before." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.3 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “E Waka, e Waka ē.” | LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka — O!" |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.4 sent.1 | WAKA: “Eō, he aha lā kāu o ka pō e ala nei?” | WAKA: "Heigh-yo! Why waken in the middle of the night?" |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.7 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “Kā! ʻAʻole au e moe iā ia.” | LAIEIKAWAI: "Bah! I will not marry him!" |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.8 sent.1 | “I hoʻokahi nō hoʻi hōʻole ʻana, ʻo ka pono,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻo ka hele kā ia he kāuna wale aʻe nō koe o ka hōʻole, mākena nō hoʻi ua hilahila iā ʻoe, e ke hoa.” | "One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.9 sent.1 | “Kuʻu ʻia aku paha i ka hilahila,” wahi a kona kuhina, “a i ʻole e loaʻa i nā kaikuahine o kāua, a laila naʻu e kiʻi a loaʻa i loko o ka hale, a ʻōlelo aku wau e lawe iā ʻoe i kāne hoʻāo nāna e like me kou makemake.” | "Let us endure the shame," said his counsellor, "and if our sisters do not succeed, then I will go and enter the house and tell her to take you for her husband as you desire." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.13 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “E Waka, e Waka ē.” | LAIEIKAWAI: "O Waka! O Waka — O!" |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.14 sent.1 | WAKA: “Eō, he aha kāu o ka pō e ala nei?” | WAKA: "Heigh-yo! Why waken in the middle of the night?" |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.17 sent.1 | LĀʻIEIKAWAI: “Kā! ʻAʻole au e moe iā ia. | Laieikawai: "Bah! I will not marry him! |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.17 sent.2 | Inā i kiʻi mai kekahi mea ʻē iaʻu, ʻaʻole nō wau e ʻae ana! | No matter who comes I will not sleep with him. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a me kona kuhina i kēia hōʻole hou ʻana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻī aku ua kuhina nei ona, “E kuʻu Haku, pale ka pono! | When Aiwohikupua heard this fresh refusal from Laieikawai, his counsellor said. "My lord, it is useless! |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.5 | Iaʻu akula hoʻi, i lohe aku nei ka hana, e hōʻole loa aʻe ana nō kēlā me ka nuku maoli aʻela nō i ke kupuna wahine. | my going myself, since we have heard her vehement refusal and the sharp chiding she gave her grandmother. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.2 sent.2 | Inā he kūpono ʻole, ʻaʻole nō au e ʻae aku.” | but if not, I will refuse." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.3 sent.1 | “E kiʻi kāua ma o ke kupuna wahine lā,” wahi a ua kuhina nei, “e noi aku iā ia, malia o ʻae mai kēlā.” | "Let us go to the grandmother," said his counsellor, "and ask her; maybe we can get the consent from her." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.4 sent.2 | Eia wale nō ka ʻōlelo i koe, ʻo nā kaikuahine o kāua, e noho lākou i ka nāhelehele nei, no ka mea, ʻaʻohe a lākou waiwai.” | only one word more — our sisters. let them stay here in the jungle, for they are worthless. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.5 sent.1 | A laila, huli akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a ʻōlelo akula i nā kaikuahine, “E noho ʻoukou! | Then Aiwohikupua said to his sisters, "'You are to stay here; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.5 sent.2 | Ua nele aʻela nō kaʻu mea i makemake ai e lawe mai iā ʻoukou. | my cherished hope has failed in bringing you here; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.5 sent.4 | Ke hele aku nei e māʻamaʻama. | It was then pretty near dawn. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kā ʻAiwohikupua ʻōlelo ʻana i nā kaikuahine, kūlou like ihola ke poʻo o nā kaikuahine i kahi hoʻokahi e uē ana. | At Aiwohikupua's words all the sisters bowed their heads and wailed. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.1 | Kaha akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā iho, kāhea akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ke kaikuahine muli loa, ʻī akula, “E lāua lā, kū iho! | When Aiwohikupua and his companion started to go, Kahalaomapuana, the youngest sister, called out. "O you two there! Wait! |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.2 | E lohe mua mākou i Kauaʻi, e lawe ana ʻoe a haʻalele iā mākou i kēia wahi inā ʻaʻole mākou e hiki mai. | Had we known in Kauai that you were bringing us to leave us in this place, we would never have come. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.6 | Iaʻu wale nō e kō ai kāu mau mea a pau.” | I have gained all your wishes." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.9 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole wau e hiki aku,” wahi a kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, “aia a pau loa mākou i ka hoʻi pū me ʻoe, a laila, hoʻi aku au.” | "I will not go," answered the youngest sister, "unless we all go together, only then will I go home." |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kaikauhine ʻōpiopio, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “O noho ma muli ou mau kaikuaʻana a nāu nō e huli aʻe me ko mau kaikuaʻana i kā ʻoukou wahi e hele ai. | At these words of his youngest sister Aiwohikupua said, "Stay here, then, with your sisters and go with them wherever you wish, |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.1 sent.3 | Huli akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā e hoʻi. | Aiwohikupua turned to go, |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hele ana ma ke ala, kani akula ke oli a Mailehaʻiwale penei: | and as the two were still on the way, rang the song of Mailehaiwale, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.3 | Laniʻihikapu o ka manawa—ē, e hoʻi—ē, | My heart's highest |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.4 | E hoʻi ʻoe a ʻike aku I ka maka o nā mākua, haʻi aku, | Go and look Into the eyes of our parents, say |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.6 | E malu ana i ka hala nui, | Fed upon the fruit of sin." |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.3 sent.3 | Inā i loaʻa iho nei kuʻu makemake iā ʻoukou, a laila, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e noho. | If you had gained for me my desire you would not have to stay here; |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.1 | A hala akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, kūkā ihola nā kaikuahine i ko lākou manaʻo a hoʻoholo ihola lākou e ukali ma hope o ke kaikunāne me ka manaʻo e maliu mai. | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had departed, the sisters conferred together and agreed to follow him, thinking he could be pacified. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.2 | Iho akula lākou a hiki i kai o Keaʻau, e hoʻomākaukau ana nā waʻa. | They descended and came to the coast at Keaau, where the canoe
was making ready for sailing. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.3 | Noho ihola nā kaikuahine ma ke awa e kali ana no ke kāhea ʻia mai. | At the landing the sisters sat waiting to be called; |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.5 | Iā lākou i hoʻomaka ai e holo, kani akula ke oli a Mailekaluhea penei: | the party began to move off: then rang out the song of Mailekaluhea, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.2 sent.2 | Laniʻihikapu o ka manawa, e huli mai, | My heart's highest — turn hither, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.2 sent.3 | E nānā mai i ou mau pōkiʻi, | Look upon your little sisters. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.4 | Eia kāna ʻōlelo, “He nani ia ua maliu ʻole maila ko kākou kaikunāne aliʻi i kā Mailehaʻiwale a me Mailekaluhea i kā lāua ualo aku, e aho e hele nō kākou ma uka a kahi e pae aʻe ai lākou, a laila, na Mailelauliʻi e kaukau aku i ko kākou kaikunāne. | These were her words: "It is clear that our brother chief is not pacified by the entreaties of Mailehaiwale and Mailekaluhea. Let us, better, go by land to their landing place, then it will be Mailelaulii's turn to sing. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i ʻaneʻane ai e pae mai ma kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho aku ana, ʻike maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e noho aku ana kona mau kaikuahine. | When Aiwohikupua and his companions had almost come to land where the sisters were sitting. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.2 sent.2 | Kāhea koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa a me nā hoʻokele, “E haʻalele kākou i kēia awa, no ka mea, eia nō ua poʻe uhai loloa nei. | Aiwohikupua suddenly called out to the paddlers and the steersmen, "Let us leave this harbor; those women have chased us all this way; |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.2 sent.3 | E pono kākou ke ʻimi aku i awa ʻē aʻe e pae aku ai.” | we had better look for another landing place." |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou i haʻalele ai i kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho ana, hea akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi ma hope ma ke mele penei: | As they left the sisters sitting there, Mailelaulii sang a song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.8 | E maliu mai, | Have compassion upon us, |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.9 | E maliu mai i nā hoa ukali, | Have compassion upon the comrades who have followed you. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.14 | E ia ala ē, hoʻi mai ē. | It is there — return hither. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.4 | A liʻuliʻu kā lākou lā hoʻolana ʻana i nā waʻa, ʻo ka huli akula nō ia o ʻAiwohikupua mā e holo; ʻaʻole wahi mea a maliu iki mai. | After letting the canoe float a little while, the whole party turned and made off, and had not the least compassion. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.2 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo mai hoʻi ʻo Mailepākaha, “ʻAʻole nō e maliu mai iaʻu, no ka mea, he maliu ʻole aʻela kā hoʻi i ko kāua mau kaikuaʻana, oki loa aku paha wau. | Answered Mailepakaha, "He will have no compassion for me, for he had none on any of our sisters; it may be worse with me. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.2 sent.2 | I koʻu manaʻo, e aho nāu e hoʻālohaloha aku na kahi mea ʻuʻuku o kākou. | I think you had better plead with him as you are the little one, |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.3 sent.2 | ʻO ka mea lōʻihi o ka mauʻu, ʻo ia ka mea nāna e hoʻālohaloha ko lākou kaikunāne. | the one who pulled the longest, she was the one to plead with the brother; |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.4 sent.1 | A pau kā lākou hana ʻana no kēia mau mea, haʻalele lākou iā Punahoa, hele ukali hou maila lākou ma kahi e loaʻa ai ko lākou kaikunāne. | When this was done, they left Punahoa, again followed their
brother |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Honoliʻi i ia pō, kūkā ihola lākou e moe kekahi poʻe a e ala hoʻokahi, a holo ia mea iā lākou. | At Honolii that night they arranged that the others should sleep and a single one keep watch, and to this all consented. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.2 | Hoʻomaka ko lākou waki e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, a i ko lākou kaikaina ka waki wanaʻao o ke kū ʻana. | They kept watch according to age and gave the morning watch to the youngest. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ke kumu o ia hana ʻana a lākou pēlā, i ike ʻia ka manawa holo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, no ka mea, ua maʻa kona mau kaikuahine i ka holo ʻana mai mai Kauaʻi mai, ma ka wanaʻao e holo ai. | This was in order to see Aiwohikupua's start, for on their journey from Kauai the party had always set out at dawn. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.6 sent.1 | Kū akula nā kaikuahine i ka pō a hiki i ko Mailepākaha waki e kū ana, hoʻomākaukau ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i nā waʻa no ka holo ʻana. | The sisters stood guard that night, until in Mailepakaha's watch Aiwohikupua's party made the canoes ready to start: |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.7 sent.1 | Iā lākou e ʻōkuʻu nui ana, ʻo kā Kahalaomāpuana waki ia, kau lākou ma nā waʻa. | As the sisters crouched there Kahalaomapuana 's watch came, and the party boarded the canoe. |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.9 | E huli mai! | Oh, turn back! |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.10 | E huli mai, a e maliu mai, | Oh, turn back and have pity, |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.11 | E hoʻolono mai ka ʻī ualo aʻu, | Listen to my pleading, |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa a kona kaikuahine muli loa e hāpai ana i kēia leo kaukau i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, ua hoʻomāʻeʻele ʻia ka naʻau o ko lākou kaikunāne i ke aloha kaumaha no kona kaikuahine, a no ka nui loa o ke aloha o ʻAiwohikupua i ko lākou pōkiʻi, lālau maila a hoʻonoho ihola i luna o kona ʻūhā a uē ihola. | When his youngest sister raised this lamentation to Aiwohikupua, then the brother's heart glowed with love and longing for his sister. And because of his great love for his little sister, he took her in his arms, set her on his lap, and wept. |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana e kau ana i ka ʻūhā o kona kaikunāne, kēnā aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa i hoe ikaika. | When Kahalaomapuana was in her brother's lap, Aiwohikupua ordered the canoemen to paddle with all their might; |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.3 | Iā lākou e holo ana, a laila, ua pono ʻole ka manaʻo o Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana. | As they went, Kahalaomapuana was troubled in mind for her sisters. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana e uē ana no kona mau kaikuaʻana, i ia manawa kona noi ʻana aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻihoʻi iā ia me kona mau kaikuaʻana, akā, ʻaʻole nō he maliu mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | Then Kahalaomapuana wept for her sisters and besought Aiwohikupua to restore her to her sisters; but Aiwohikupua would not take pity on her. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.1 sent.2 | “E ʻAiwohikupua,” wahi a kona kaikuahine, “ʻaʻole wau e ʻae e lawe ʻoe iaʻu ʻo wau wale ke ʻole ʻoe e lawe pū me koʻu mau kaikuaʻana, no ka mea, ua kāhea mua aʻe nō ʻoe iaʻu i ko kākou wā i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole wau i ʻae mai no kou lawe iaʻu ʻo wau wale.” | "O Aiwohikupua," said his sister, "I will not let you take me by myself without taking my sisters with me, for you called me to you before when we were at Paliuli, but I would not consent to your taking me alone." |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.2 sent.1 | A nō ka paʻakikī loa o ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e hoʻokuʻu i kona kaikuahine, i ia manawa, lele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana mai luna aku o ka waʻa a hāʻule i loko o ke kai. | And because of Aiwohikupua's stubbornness in refusing to let his sister go, then Kahalaomapuana jumped from the canoe into the sea. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.1 sent.1 | I loko o kēia kaukau hope loa a Kahalaomāpuana, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ʻAiwohikupua naʻau i ke aloha nui, a kāhea aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻoemi hope nā waʻa, akā, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i hope no ka ikaika loa o ka holo o nā waʻa. | Dining this very last song of Kahalaomapuana's, Aiwohikupua's heart filled with love, and he called out for the canoe to back up, but Kahalaomapuana had been left far behind, so swiftly were the men paddling, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.1 sent.2 | A i ka wā i huli hope ai nā waʻa e kiʻi hou i kona kaikuahine, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa. | and by the time the canoe had turned about to pick her up she was not to be found. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.2 sent.1 | (Ma ʻaneʻi e waiho iki i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no ʻAiwohikupua. | (Here we must leave Aiwohikupua for a little |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.2 sent.2 | E pono ke kamaʻilio hou no kona mau kaikuahine, a laila, e kamaʻilio hou no ʻAiwohikupua.) | and tell about his sisters, then speak again about Aiwohikupua.) |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou nō e uē ana, hōʻea mai ana ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ma ka pali mai, a laila, ua kuʻu ʻia ka naʻau kaumaha o kona mau kaikuaʻana. | While they were still mourning Kahalaomapuana appeared by the cliff; then their sorrow was at an end. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.2 | A hui aʻela lākou me ko lākou kaikaina, a haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna hana a me ke kumu o kona hoʻi ʻana mai e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia aʻe nei ma kēia mokuna. | They crowded about their younger sister, and she told them what had happened to her and why she had returned, as has been told in the chapter before. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.3 | A pau kā lākou kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, kūkā ihola lākou i ka pono o ko lākou noho ʻana, a hoʻoholo aʻela lākou e hoʻi hou lākou i Paliuli. | After talking of all these things, they consulted together where they might best live, and agreed to go back to Paliuli. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko lākou kūkā ʻana no lākou iho, haʻalele lākou iā Honoliʻi, hoʻi akula a uka o Paliuli ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, noho ihola lākou ma loko o nā pūhā lāʻau. | After their council they left Honolii and returned to the uplands of Paliuli, to a place near Laieikawai's house, and lived there inside of hollow trees. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.2 | A no ko lākou makemake nui e ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai, hoʻohālua mau lākou i kēlā lā kēia lā a nui nā lā o lākou i hoʻohālua ai. | And because they wished so much to see Laieikawai they spied out for her from day to day, and after many days of spying |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole lākou i ʻike iki no kā lākou mea e hoʻohālua nei, no ka mea, ua paʻa mau ka puka o ka hale i nā lā a pau. | they had not had the least sight of her, for every day the door was fast closed. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.4 | A no ia mea, kūkākūkā aʻela lākou i mea e ʻike aku ai lākou iā Lāʻieikawai, a nui nā lā o ko lākou ʻimi ʻana i mea e ʻike aku ai no ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli; ʻaʻole loaʻa. | So they consulted how to get sight of Laieikawai, and after seeking many days after some way to see the princess of Paliuli they found none. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.2 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā mau lā kūkā o lākou, ʻaʻole i pane iki ko lākou kaikaina, a no ia mea, ʻōlelo aku kekahi o kona mau kaikuaʻana, “E Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo mākou wale nō ia e noʻonoʻo nei i mea no kākou e ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole naʻe he loaʻa. | During this debate their younger sister did not speak, so one of her older sisters said, "Kahalaomapuana, all of us have tried to devise a way to see Laieikawai, but we have not found one; |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.2 sent.2 | Malia paha, aia iā ʻoe kekahi mea e hiki ai. | perhaps you have something in mind. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.2 sent.3 | E ʻōlelo aʻe ʻoe!” | Speak." |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.1 | “ʻAe,” wahi a ko lākou kaikaina, “e hoʻā kākou i ahi ma kēlā pō kēia pō a e oli aku ka hānau mua, a laila, i ka muli iho, pēlā a pau kākou i hoʻokahi nō olioli ʻana a ka mea hoʻokahi ma ka pō, a laila, iaʻu ka pō hope loa. | "yes," said their younger sister, "let us burn a fire every night, and let the oldest sing, then the next, and so on until the last of us, only one of us sing each night, then I will come the last night; |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.2 | Malia paha o lilo ka ʻaʻā mau ʻana a ke ahi i nā pō a pau i mea no ke aliʻi e uluhua ai, a laila, hele mai e nānā iā kākou, a laila, pēlā paha e ʻike ai kākou iā Lāʻieikawai.” | perhaps the fire burning every night will annoy the princess so she will come to find out about us, then perhaps we shall see Laieikawai." |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.1 | I ka pō mua, hoʻā aʻela lākou i ahi, a iā Mailehaʻiwale ke oli ʻana i ia pō e like me kā lākou hoʻoholo like ʻana. | The next night they lighted the fire and Mailehaiwale sang that night, as they had agreed, |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.2 | I loko o ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka leʻaleʻa no kēlā leo e kani nei; ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻouluhua ʻia ke aliʻi wahine. | Then for the first time Laieikawai felt pleasure in the music, but the princess paid no attention to it. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.3 | A ma ka pili o ke ao, hoʻokani hou akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī e like me ke kani mua ʻana, a laila, ua lilo ihola nō ia i mea leʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi. | And just before daylight Kahalaomapuana played again on her ti leaf trumpet as before, then this delighted the princess. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.6 sent.1 | I ka lua o ka pō, hana hou nō ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna hana, ma ka pili naʻe o ke ahiahi kāna hoʻomaka ʻana e hoʻokani. | The second night Kahalaomapuana did the same thing again; she began early in the evening to play, |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.7 sent.3 | A no ka uluhua o Lāʻieikawai, kēnā aʻela ʻo ia i kona wahi kahu e hele e nānā i kahi i kani mai ai kēia mea kani. | And, her interest aroused, she sent her attendant to see where the musical instrument was which was played so near her. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, puka aʻela ua wahi kahu nei o ke aliʻi i waho o ka hale aliʻi a ʻike akula i ke ahi a ua poʻe kaikamāhine nei e ʻaʻā mai ana. | Then the princess's attendant went out of the door of the chief-house and saw the fire which the girls had lighted, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻokolo akula ʻo ia a hiki i kahi o ke ahi e ʻā ana, ma ke kaʻawale naʻe kēia kahi i kū aku ai me ka ʻike ʻole mai a lākou lā iā ia nei. | crept along until she came to the place where the fire was, and stood at a distance where she was out of sight of those about the fire. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.2 | Haʻi akula kahi kahu i kāna mea i ʻike ai ma muli o ka nīnau a ke aliʻi, “Iaʻu i puka aku ai mai ka hale aku nei, ʻike akula wau he ahi e ʻaʻā mai ana. | The attendant told the princess what she had seen. "When I went outside the door of the house I saw a fire burning near, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.3 | Hele aku nei wau a hiki, a ma ke kaʻawale koʻu kū ʻana aku me ka ʻike ʻole mai o lākou lā iaʻu, aia hoʻi, ʻike akula wau he mau kaikamāhine ʻelima e noho ana a puni ke ahi. | and I went and came and stood at a distance without being myself seen. There behold! I saw five girls sitting around the fire, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.5 | Hoʻokahi naʻe o lākou wahi mea ʻuʻuku loa, a nāna ia mea kani leʻaleʻa a kāua e lohe aku nei.” | but one of them was very little and she was the one who played the sweet music that we heard." |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia mea, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i kona kahu, “E kiʻi ʻoe a kahi mea ʻuʻuku o lākou. | When the princess heard this she said to her attendant, "Go and get the smallest of them, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.3 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo aku ʻoe e hele mai i ʻaneʻi i hana mai ai ʻo ia i kāna mea hoʻoleʻaleʻa i mua o kāua.” | tell her to come here and amuse us." |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi, hele akula kahi kahu a hiki i kahi o nā kaikamāhine, a ʻike maila lākou i kēia mea, haʻi akula ʻo ia, “He ʻalele wau i hoʻouna ʻia mai nei e kuʻu aliʻi e kiʻi mai i kekahi o ʻoukou e like me kaʻu mea e manaʻo ai e lawe. | At these words of the princess, the nurse went and came to the place where the sisters were and they saw her, and she said, "I am a messenger sent hither by my chief to fetch whichever one of you I want to take; |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.4 sent.2 | No laila, ke lawe nei wau i kahi mea ʻuʻuku o ʻoukou e hele e launa pū me kuʻu aliʻi e like me kāna kauoha.” | so I take the smallest of you to go and visit my princess as she has commanded." |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.4 sent.3 | A lawe ʻia akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻohauʻoli ʻia ka naʻau o kona mau kaikuaʻana no ka manaʻo nō e loaʻa ana ka pōmaikaʻi ma hope. | When Kahalaomapuana was carried away, the hearts of the sisters sang for joy, for they thought to win fortune thereafter. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.3 | I ia manawa, ua hoʻopūʻiwa koke ʻia ko Kahalaomāpuana lunamanaʻo no ka ʻike ʻana aku iā Lāʻieikawai e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu e like me kona ʻano mau. | then, Kahalaomapuanawas terrified to see Laieikawai resting on the wings of birds as was her custom; |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.4 | ʻElua hoʻi mau manu ʻiʻiwi pōlena e kau ana ma nā poʻohiwi o ke aliʻi e lū ana i nā wai ʻala lehua ma ke poʻo o ke aliʻi. | two scarlet iiwi birds were perched on the shoulders of the princess and shook the dew from red lehua blossoms upon her head. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.6 sent.1 | Hele akula ke kahu o ke aliʻi a nīnau akula, “He aha kēia, e ke kaikamahine?” | The princess's attendant came and asked, "What is the matter, daughter?" |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.7 sent.1 | A pālua kāna nīnau ʻana, a laila, ala aʻela ke kaikamahine a ʻōlelo akula i ke kahu o ke aliʻi me ka ʻī aku, “E ʻae mai ʻoe iaʻu e hoʻi au me oʻu kaikuaʻana ma kahi i loaʻa ai wau iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻeʻehia wau i ka makaʻu no ke ʻano ʻē loa o kāu aliʻi.” | And twice she asked, then the girl arose and said to the princess's attendant as follows: "Permit me to return to my sisters, to the place from which you took me, for I tremble with fear at the marvelous nature of your princess." |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.1 sent.3 | E kū ʻoe a e komo aku e hālāwai me kuʻu aliʻi e like me kāna kauoha iā ʻoe.” | arise and enter to meet my princess as she has commanded you." |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe maila ke aliʻi i kā lāua haukamumu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a hea akula iā Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko ke kaikamahine naʻau kaumaha, a komo akula ka malihini e launa me ke aliʻi. | When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger entered to visit the princess. |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.1 | A no ka lilo loa o ko Lāʻieikawai manawa i ka ʻoliʻoli no ka mea kani leʻaleʻa a ke kaikamahine, a laila, kēnā aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kaikamahine e hoʻokani hou, ʻī akula ke kaikamahine, “ʻAʻole e kani ke hoʻokani hou, no ka mea, ua mālamalama loa. | Now, Laieikawai became fascinated with the merry instrument upon which the girl played, so she bade her sound it again. Said the girl, '' I can not sound it again, for it is now daylight, |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.2 | He mea mau ia, ma ka pō wale nō e kani ai nei mea kani, ʻaʻole e pono ma ke ao,” a no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine, kāhāhā loa ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai me ka manaʻo he wahaheʻe na ke kaikamahine. | and this instrument is a kind that sounds only by night; it will never sound by day." |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.2 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ke makemake nei wau e hoʻāikāne kāua, a ma koʻu hale nei ʻoe e noho ai. | Said Laieikawai to Kahalaomapuana, "Let us two be friends, and you shall live here in my house |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.2 sent.2 | E lilo ʻoe i mea punahele naʻu, a ʻo kāu hana ka hoʻoleʻaleʻa mai iaʻu.” | and become my favorite, and your work will be to amuse me." |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “E ke Aliʻi ē, ua pono kāu ʻōlelo, akā, he mea kaumaha noʻu ke noho wau me ʻoe a e loaʻa ana paha iaʻu ka pōmaikaʻi, a ʻo koʻu mau kaikuaʻana, e lilo paha auaneʻi lākou i mea pilikia.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "O princess, you have spoken well; but it would grieve me to live with you and perhaps gain happiness for myself while my sisters might be suffering." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.11 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kupuna wahine e hoʻomākaukau i hale no nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | The end of all this talk was that Laieikawai bade her grandmother to prepare a house for the sisters of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.12 sent.1 | A mākaukau ka hale, kēnā akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a kēlā pō aku, piʻi mai ʻoe me ou mau kaikuaʻana mai i ʻike aku wau iā lākou, a laila, e leʻaleʻa mai ʻoe iā kākou i kāu mea kani leʻaleʻa.” | When the house was prepared Laieikawai gave orders to Kahalaomapuana: "You return, and to-night come here with all your sisters; when I have seen them then you shall play to us on your merry instrument." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.1 | A hala akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana a hui me kona mau kaikuaʻana, nīnau maila naʻe kona mau kaikuaʻana i kāna hana a me ke ʻano o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ke aliʻi, haʻi akula kēlā, “Iaʻu i hiki aku ai a ma ka puka o ka hale o ke aliʻi, wehe akula kahi kuapuʻu nāna i kiʻi mai nei iaʻu, a i kuʻu ʻike ʻana aku nei i ke aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, no ia ʻike ʻana oʻu, ua ʻeʻehia wau me ka makaʻu a hāʻule akula wau i lalo ma ka lepo. | When Kahalaomapuana rejoined her sisters they asked what she had done — what kind of interview she had had with the princess. Answered the girl, "When I reached the door of the palace a hunchback opened the door to receive me, and when I saw the princess resting on the wings of birds, at the sight I trembled with fear and fell down to the earth. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, kiʻi ʻia maila wau a komo akula e kamaʻilio pū me ke aliʻi, a hana aku wau i kona leʻaleʻa e like me ko ke aliʻi makemake. | For this reason when I was taken in to talk with the princess I did just what she wished, |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.4 | No laila, e loaʻa ana iā kākou ka pōmaikaʻi. | The result is, fortune is ours: |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula lākou a kū ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, wehe aʻela ke kahu o Lāʻieikawai i ka puka a ʻike akula lākou e like me ka ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikaina. | They went and stood at the door of the chief-house. Laieikawai's attendant opened the door, and they saw just what their sister had described to them. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lākou e hālāwai ana me ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻopuka maila ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini he ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi, penei nō ia, “Ua lohe wau i ko ʻoukou kaikaina he poʻe ʻoukou no ka hanauna hoʻokahi, a he poʻe koko like ʻoukou, a no laila, ke lawe nei au iā ʻoukou ma ke ʻano o ke koko hoʻokahi. | And at this interview with the princess she promised them her protection, as follows: "I have heard from your younger sister that you are all of the same parentage and the same blood; therefore I shall treat you all as one blood with me, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.2 | E kiaʻi kākou iā kākou iho. | and we shall protect each other. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.5 | A no ia mea, ua kauoha wau e hoʻomākaukau ko kākou kupuna wahine i hale no ʻoukou e noho ai me ka maluhia e like me aʻu nei. | and for this reason I have asked our grandmother to furnish you a home where you may live virgin like myself, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.6 | ʻAʻole e ʻae ʻia kekahi e lawe i kāne nāna me ka ʻae like ʻole o kākou. | no one taking a husband without the others' consent. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.7 | Pēlā e pono ai kākou ma kēia hope aku.” | So shall it be well with us from this time on." |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, hoʻoholo aʻela nā kaikamāhine malihini na ko lākou kaikaina e hoʻopuka kā lākou ʻōlelo pane aku i ke aliʻi, “E ke Aliʻi ē, pōmaikaʻi mākou no kou hoʻokipa ʻana iā mākou, a pōmaikaʻi hoʻi mākou no kou lawe ʻana aʻe iā mākou i mau hoahānau nou. | To these conditions the stranger girls agreed: the younger sister answered the princess for them all: "O princess, we are happy that you receive us; happy, too, that you take us to be your sisters |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.2 | E like me kāu i ʻōlelo mai nei iā mākou, a pēlā no mākou e hoʻolohe ai. | as you have said; and so we obey. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi naʻe mea a mākou e haʻi aku iā ʻoe, he poʻe kaikamāhine mākou i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e ko mākou mau mākua. | Only one thing we ask of you: All of us sisters have been set apart by our parents |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.4 | ʻAʻole he ʻoluʻolu e lawe mākou i kāne male, a ʻo ka makemake o ko mākou mau mākua, e noho puʻupaʻa mākou a hiki i ko mākou mau lā hope. | to take no delight in men; and it is their wish that we remain virgin until the end of our days; |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.5 | A no laila, ke noi mau aku nei kāu mau kauā mai ʻae ʻoe iā mākou e hoʻohaumia me kekahi mau kānaka e like me ka makemake o ke aliʻi. | and so we, your servants, beseech you not to defile us with any man, according to the princess's pleasure, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.6 | No laila, e hoʻokuʻu iā mākou e noho puʻupaʻa e like me ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ko mākou mau mākua.” | but to allow us to live virgin according to our parents' vow." |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.2 | I ua mau kaikamāhine nei e noho ana ma kou lākou hale, he mea mau iā lākou ke kūkā mau ma nā mea e pili ana iā lākou a me ke aliʻi, no ko lākou noho ʻana a me nā hana a ke aliʻi e ʻōlelo mai ai. | As soon as the girls went to live in the house they consulted how they should obey the princess's commands, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.3 | A hoʻoholo aʻela lākou e hoʻolilo i ko lākou kaikaina i hoa kūkā no ke aliʻi ma nā hana e pili ana i kou lākou noho ʻana. | and they appointed their younger sister to speak to the princess about what they had agreed upon. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.1 | I kekahi awakea, i ko ke aliʻi manawa ala mai ka hiamoe mai, hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e hoʻoleʻaleʻa i ke aliʻi ma ka hoʻokanikani ʻana i ka pū lāʻī a pau ko ke aliʻi makemake. | One afternoon, just as the princess woke from sleep, came Kahalaomapuana to amuse the princess by playing on the trumpet until the princess wished it no longer. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Lāʻieikawai no kā lākou mea i kūkā ai me kona mau kaikuaʻana, ʻī akula, “E ke Aliʻi, ua kūkā mākou i mea nou e maluhia ai. | Then she told Laieikawai what the sisters had agreed upon and said, "O princess, we have consulted together how to protect you, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, ua hoʻoholo mākou i ko mākou manaʻo e hoʻolilo mākou iā mākou ʻelima i mau koa kiaʻi no kou hale aliʻi, a ma o mākou lā e ʻae ʻia ai, a ma o mākou lā e hōʻole ʻia ai. | and all five of us have agreed to become the bodyguard for your house; ours shall be the consent, ours the refusal. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.4 | Inā i hele mai kekahi mea makemake e ʻike iā ʻoe, inā he kāne a he wahine paha, a inā he aliʻi, ʻaʻole lākou e ʻike iā ʻoe ke ʻole mākou e ʻae aku. | If anyone wishes to see you, be he a man, or maybe a woman, or even a chief, he shall not see you without our approval. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.5 | No laila, ke noi aku nei au e ʻae mai ke aliʻi i like me kā mākou hoʻoholo ʻana.” | Therefore I pray the princess to consent to what we have agreed." |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.3 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ke ʻae aku nei wau e like me kā ʻoukou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo, a ʻo ʻoukou nō ka mana ma Paliuli nei a puni.” | Said Laieikawai, "I consent to your agreement, and yours shall be the guardianship over all the land of Paliuli." |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.4 sent.1 | Eia naʻe ka manaʻo nui o kēlā poʻe kaikamāhine e lilo i kiaʻi no ke aliʻi. | Now the girls' main purpose in becoming guardians of Paliuli was, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.4 sent.2 | No ko lākou manaʻo e puka hou ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i Paliuli, a laila, he mana ko lākou e kipaku i ko lākou ʻenemi. | if Aiwohikupua should again enter Paliuli, to have power to bar their enemy. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.3 | ʻAʻole hoʻi lākou i ʻike iki i ka mea nāna e hana mai kā lākou ʻai. | Never did they even see the person who prepared them food, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.4 | Eia wale nō ko lākou manawa ʻike i kā lākou mau mea ʻai i ka manawa mākaukau o lākou e pāʻina, i ia manawa e lawe mai ai nā manu i nā mea ʻai a lākou, a na nā manu nō e hoʻihoʻi aku i nā ukana ke pau kā lākou pāʻina ʻana. | nor the food itself, save when, at mealtimes, the birds brought them food and cleared away the remnants when they had done. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.6 sent.1 | (Ma ʻaneʻi, e ka mea heluhelu, e waiho i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ma ka mokuna ʻumikumamākolu o kēia kaʻao, e kamaʻilio hou no ʻAiwohikupua no kona hoʻi ʻana i Kauaʻi). | (Here, O reader, we leave speaking of the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and in Chapter XIII of this tale will speak again of Aiwohikupua and his coming to Kauai.) |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana lele ʻana i loko o ke kai mai luna iho o nā waʻa, e holo ikaika loa ana nā waʻa i ia manawa, no laila, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | At the time when Kahalaomapuana leaped from the canoe into the sea it was going very swiftly, so she fell far behind. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻohuli hou nā waʻa i hope e ʻimi iā Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa, no laila, haʻalele loa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio a hoʻi loa aku i Kauaʻi. | The canoe turned back to recover Kahalaomapuana, but the party did not find her; then Aiwohikupua abandoned his young sister and sailed straight for Kauai. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO ka mea nāna e haʻi i kēia hele ʻana o kākou a lohe wau, a laila, ʻo kona uku ka make a me kona ʻohana a pau. | "Whoever speaks of this journey of ours and I hear of it, his penalty is death, his and all his offspring, |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi mau lā, makemake ihola ke aliʻi ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hana i ʻahaʻaina pālala me nā aliʻi a me kona mau hoa a puni ʻo Kauaʻi. | A few days afterwards Aiwohikupua, the chief, wished to make a feast for the chiefs and for all his friends on Kauai. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.3 sent.2 | A i ka mākaukau ʻana o ka ʻahaʻaina pālala a ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i kāna ʻōlelo e kiʻi aku i nā hoa ʻai, ma nā aliʻi kāne wale nō, a hoʻokahi wale nō aliʻi wahine i ʻae ʻia e komo i ka ʻahaʻaina pālala, ʻo ia ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa. | While the feast was being made ready the chief gave word to fetch the feasters; with all the male chiefs, only one woman of rank was allowed to come to the celebration; this was Kailiokalauokekoa. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.3 | I loko o ko lākou manawa ʻai, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā lākou ka ʻona ʻana o ka ʻawa, a no ka loaʻa ʻole o ka ʻona o ka ʻawa, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau mama ʻawa e mama hou ka ʻawa. | During the feasting, the awa had not the least effect upon them. And because the awa had no effect, the chief hastily urged his awa chewers to chew the awa a second time. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.1 | A ʻona ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, hāliu pono akula ʻo ia ma kahi a Kauakahialiʻi e noho mai ana, ʻōlelo akula, “E Kauakahialiʻi ē, iā ʻoe nō e kamaʻilio ana iā mākou no Lāʻieikawai, komo koke ihola i loko oʻu ka makemake no kēlā wahine, no laila, moe ʻino koʻu mau pō e ake e ʻike. | While under the influence of the awa, Aiwohikupua turned right around upon Kanakahialii, who was sitting near, and said: "O Kanakahialii, when you were talking to us about Laieikawai, straightway there entered into me desire after that woman; then sleepless were my nights with the wish to sec her; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.5 | Hoʻi mai nei hoʻi wau a manaʻo mai, ʻo nā kaikuahine hoʻi ka mea e loaʻa ai, kiʻi mai nei. | I returned, in fact, thinking that the little sisters were the ones to get my wish: I fetched
them, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.4 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e kamaʻilio ana no ka paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, e noho ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ke keiki puʻukani o Mānā, i loko o ka ʻahaʻaina. | While Aiwohikupua talked of Laieikawai's stubbornness, Hauailiki was sitting at the feast, the young singer of Mana, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.4 sent.5 | Inā e kū au i mua o kona mau maka, ʻaʻole au e ʻōlelo aku. | give me a chance to stand before her eyes; I should not have to speak, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.4 sent.6 | Nāna nō e hele wale mai a hui māua, a laila, e ʻike ʻoukou, e noho aku ana māua.” | she would come of her own free will to meet me, then you would see us together. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E Hauaʻiliki ē, ke makemake nei au e hele ʻoe i Hawaiʻi. | Said Aiwohikupua, ''Hauailiki, I wish you would go to Hawaii; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.2 | Inā e lilo mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, he ʻoi ʻoe, a naʻu nō e hoʻouna me ʻoe i mau kānaka, a iaʻu nā waʻa. | if you get Laieikawai, you are a lucky fellow, and I will send men with you and a double canoe; |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.3 | I nānā akula ka hana o lākou nei, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Keaʻau. | and, looking out, saw the rainbow arching above the beach of Keaau. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.4 | ʻŌlelo akula ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua iā Hauaʻiliki, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila i kai, ʻo Keaʻau nō ia, a aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Said Aiwohikupua's chief counsellor to Hauailiki, '' Look well at that rainbow arching the beach there at Keaau. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.4 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hiki aku ai, aia hoʻi, ua nui nā mea i hele mai e nānā no kēia keiki ʻoi kelakela o ka maikaʻi ma mua o Kauakahialiʻi a me ʻAiwohikupua, a he mea mahalo nui loa ia na nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau. | When Hauailiki's party arrived, behold many persons came to see this youth who rivaled Kauakahialii and Aiwohikupua in beauty, and all the people of Keaau praised him exceedingly. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.5 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe ma ka puka ʻana a ka lā, uhi ana ke ʻawa a me ka noe ma Keaʻau a puni, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi ʻehiku mau wāhine e noho ana ma ke awa pae o Keaʻau, a hoʻokahi ʻoi o ia poʻe. | Next day at sunrise the mist and fog covered all Keaau, and when it cleared, behold! seven girls were sitting at the landing place of Keaau, one of whom was more beautiful than the rest. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAkahi wale nō a iho nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua ma kēia hele ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e like me kāna ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi. | This was the very first time that the sisters of Aiwohikupua had come down with Laieikawai, according to their compact. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kēlā kakahiaka, kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki a holoholo aʻela i mua o lākou lā e hōʻike ana iā ia iho ma kona ʻano kanaka uʻi me ka manaʻo e maliu ʻia mai e ke Aliʻi wahine o Paliuli. | As Laieikawai and her companions were sitting there that morning, Hauailiki stood up and walked about before them, showing off his good looks to gain the notice of the princess of Paliuli. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.7 sent.2 | I ka lima o ka lā o ko Lāʻieikawai hiki ʻana ma Keaʻau, manaʻo ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki e hōʻike iā ia iho i mua o kāna mea e ʻiʻini nui nei no kona akamai ma ka heʻe nalu. | On the fifth day of her coming. Hauailiki thought to display before the beloved one his skill with the surf board; |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.8 sent.2 | I nā kamaʻāina e ʻākoakoa ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu, wehe aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona ʻaʻahu kapa, hopu ihola i kona papa heʻe nalu (he olo) a hele akula a ma kahi e kūpono ana iā Lāʻieikawai mā, kū ihola ʻo ia no kekahi mau minuke. | While the people were gathering for surfing, Hauailiki undid his garment, got his surf board, of the kind made out of a thick piece of wili wili wood, went directly to the place where Laieikawai's party sat, and stood there for some minutes; |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.9 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale iā Lāʻieikawai, “Inā paha ʻaʻole mākou i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e ko kākou mau mākua, inā ua lawe wau iā Hauaʻiliki i kāne naʻu.” | Said Mailehaiwale to Laieikawai, "If we had not been set apart by our parents, I would take Hauailiki for my husband." |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua makemake nō hoʻi wau inā hoʻi ʻaʻole wau i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e koʻu kupuna wahine, no laila, he mea ʻole koʻu makemake.” | Said Laieikawai, "I like him. too; but I, too, have been set apart by my grandmother, so that my liking is useless." |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.4 sent.1 | “Heʻe aku paha!” wahi a Hauaʻiliki, no ka mea, ʻaʻole ona makemake e heʻe pū ʻo ia me ka lehulehu ma ka nalu hoʻokahi. | "Land away!" answered Hauailiki, for he did not wish to ride in on the same breaker with the crowd. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.4 sent.2 | Makemake nō ʻo ia e hoʻokāʻokoʻa iā ia, ʻo ia wale nō ma ka nalu ʻokoʻa i kumu e ʻike mai ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai no kona akamai i ka heʻe nalu; malia o makemake ʻia mai ʻo ia. | He wished to make himself conspicuous on a separate breaker, in order that Laieikawai should see his skill in surf riding and maybe take a liking to him. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.5 sent.3 | Iā Hauaʻiliki e heʻe lā i ka nalu, ʻuā ka pihe a nā kamaʻāina a me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | As he rode, the natives cheered and the sisters of Aiwohikupua also. |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike maopopo aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole i komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka makemake iā Hauaʻiliki ma ia mea, hoʻopau aʻela ʻo ia i ka heʻe nalu ma ka papa; manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e kaha. Haʻalele ihola ʻo ia i kona papa a ʻau akula i kūlana heʻe nalu. | When Hauailiki saw that Laieikawai still paid no attention to him he made up his mind to come in on the surf without the board. |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ia e ʻau ana, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, “ʻĒ! Pupule ʻo Hauaʻiliki.” | He left it and swam out to the breakers. As he was swimming Laieikawai said, "Hauailiki must be crazy." |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula kona mau hoa, “Malia paha e kaha nalu ana.” | Her companions said, "Perhaps he will ride in on the surf without a board." |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.2 | A hala ʻelima nalu, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hea mai a Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, no laila, he mea kaumaha loa ia iā Hauaʻiliki ka maliu ʻole mai o Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, a he mea hilahila nui loa hoʻi nona, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo kaena mua kēlā iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma nā mokuna ma mua aʻe, a no kēia mea, lana mālie ihola ʻo ia ma kūlana nalu. | until five breakers had come in; no summons came to him from Laieikawai. Then Hauailiki was heavy-hearted because Laieikawai took no notice of him, and he felt ashamed because of his boast to Aiwohikupua, as we have seen in the last chapter. So he floated gently on the waves, |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.3 | Iā ia e lana mālie ana, ua kokoke mai ko Lāʻieikawai mā manawa hoʻi i Paliuli, i ia manawa, peʻahi maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki. | and as he floated the time drew near for Laieikawai's party to return to Paliuli. Then Laieikawai
beckoned to Hauailiki. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.2 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ʻo ia wale nō, “ʻAʻole nō kā hoʻi ʻoe e kala i makemake ai, hoʻolohi wale iho nō,” a no ka peʻahi a ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, hoʻomoe ihola kēia i ka nalu a pae pono akula ma kahi a Lāʻieikawai mā e noho mai ana. | Hauailiki boasted to himself, "You wanted me all the time; you just delayed." And at the signal of the princess of Paliuli he lay upon the breaker and landed right where Laieikawai and her companions were sitting; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.3 | I ia manawa, hāʻawi maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka lei lehua, hoʻolei ihola ma ka ʻāʻī o Hauaʻiliki e like me kāna hana mau i ka poʻe akamai i ka heʻe nalu. | then Laieikawai threw a lehua wreath around Hauailiki's neck, as she always did for those who showed skill in surf riding. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.4 | A ma hope iho o ia manawa, e uhi ana ka noe a me ka ʻohu, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻieikawai mā. | And soon after the mist and fog covered the land, and when it passed away nothing was to be seen of Laieikawai and her party; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hala ai i uka o Paliuli, hoʻi akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki mai ka heʻe nalu aku a hālāwai me ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona alakaʻi hoʻi, ʻī akula, “Kainoa ʻo kahi paʻa aʻe nei a paʻa, he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō kā kā ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo nei. | After Laieikawai's party were gone to the uplands of Paliuli, Hauailiki left off surf riding and joined his guide, the chief counsellor of Aiwohikupua. Said he, "I think she is the only one who is impregnable: what Aiwohikupua said is true. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.3 | ʻIke maila ʻo ia iā lāua nei e kokoke aku ana i ʻō i ʻaneʻi lā, ʻī maila, “E Hauaʻiliki, ma laila ʻolua, hoʻi aku. | When she saw them approaching from a distance, she cried, "O Hauailiki, you two go back from there, |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.4 | ʻAʻole o ʻolua kuleana e piʻi mai ai i ʻaneʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai wau ma ʻaneʻi he kiaʻi maka mua no ke aliʻi, a naʻu nō e hoʻokuke aku i nā mea a pau i hiki mai ma ʻaneʻi me ke kuleana ʻole. | you two have no business to come up here, for I am the outpost of the princess's guards and it is my business to drive back all who come here; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.5 | No laila, e hoʻi ʻolua me ke kali ʻole.” | so turn back, you two, without delay." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki , “E ʻae mai ʻoe iā māua e piʻi aku e ʻike i ka hale o ke aliʻi.” | Said Hauailiki, "Just let us go take a look at the princess's house." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, “ʻAʻole wau e ʻae aku i ko ʻolua manaʻo, no ka mea, ʻo koʻu kuleana nō ia i hoʻonoho ʻia ai ma kēia wahi e kipaku aku i ka poʻe hele mai i uka nei e like me ʻolua.” | Said Mailehaiwale, "I will not let you; for I am put here to drive off everybody who comes up here like you two." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.2 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Mailekaluhea, “ʻĒ! E hoʻi ʻolua ʻānō! | Said Mailekaluhea, "Here! you two go back, |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.3 | ʻAʻole he pono no ʻolua e piʻi mai i ʻaneʻi. | you two have no right to come up here. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.4 | Pehea lā i ʻae ʻia mai ai e hoʻokuʻu mai iā ʻolua?” | How did you get permission to pass here?" |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula lāua, “I hele mai nei māua e ʻike i ke aliʻi wahine.” | Said they, "We came to see the princess." |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole ʻolua e pono pēlā,” wahi a Mailekaluhea, “no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai mākou he mau kiaʻi e kipaku aku i nā mea a pau i hele mai i kēia wahi, no laila, e hoʻi ʻolua!” | "You two have no such right," said Mailekaluhea, "for we guards are stationed here to drive off everybody who comes to this place: so, you two go back." |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hala aku ai, hālāwai akula lāua me Mailelauliʻi, a e like nō me ka ʻōlelo a lāua nei i mua o nā mea mua, pēlā nō lāua i hana ai i mua o Mailelauliʻi, a no ka maʻalea loa o lāua i nā ʻōlelo malimali, no laila, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia lāua mai ko Mailelauliʻi alo aku. | As the two went on they met Mailelaulii and with the same words they had used to the first, so they addressed Mailelaulii. And because of their great craft in persuasion, the two were
allowed to pass Mailelaulii's front. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.3 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai i mua o Mailepākaha, ʻaʻole he ʻoluʻolu iki o kēia kiaʻi i ko lāua hoʻokuʻu ʻia ʻana mai e nā kiaʻi mua, akā, no ka pākela o ka maʻalea ma ke kamaʻilio ʻana, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia akula lāua. | When they came before Mailepakaha this guardian was not at all pleased at their having been let slip by the first guards, but so crafty was their speech that they were allowed to pass. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.4 sent.1 | A hala aku lāua, aia hoʻi, ʻike akula lāua iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kiaʻi ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, a ʻike akula nō hoʻi i ke ʻano ʻē o ka hale aliʻi. | And they went on, and behold! they came upon Kahalaomapuana, the guardian at the door of the chief-house, who was resting on the wings of birds, and when they saw how strange was the workmanship of the chief-house, |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.5 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike mai ai iā lāua nei, he mea ʻē kona huhū, a laila, kāhea maila ʻo ia me kona mana ma ke ʻano ʻalihikaua no ke aliʻi, “E Hauaʻiliki ē! | When Kahalaomapuana saw them she was angry, and she called out to them authoritatively, as the princess's war chief, "O Hauailiki! |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.5 sent.2 | E kū ʻoe a hele aku, no ka mea, ʻaʻole o ʻolua kuleana o kēia wahi. | haste and go back, for you two have no business here; |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.5 sent.3 | Inā e hoʻopaʻakikī mai ʻoe, a laila, e kauoha nō wau i nā manu o Paliuli nei e ʻai aku i ko ʻolua mau ʻiʻo me ka hoʻi ʻuhane aku hoʻi i Kauaʻi.” | if you persist, then I will call hither the birds of Paliuli to eat your flesh; only your spirits will return to Kauai." |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.8 sent.1 | Moe hou ihola nō ʻo Hauaʻiliki, loaʻa hou nō iā ia ka moeʻuhane e like me ma mua. | Hauailiki slept again; again he had the dream as at first; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.1 sent.1 | Iā ia i piʻi aku ai, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hele aku ma ke alanui mua a lāua i piʻi mua ai a ma kahi e kokoke aku ana iā Mailehaʻiwale. | In going up, he did not follow the road the two had taken before, but close to Mailehaiwale |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.2 sent.3 | Aia hoʻi, ʻike akula ia iā Lāʻieikawai e kau mai ana i luna i ka ʻēheu o nā manu, ua hiamoe loa nō hoʻi. | and behold! he saw Laieikawai resting on the wings of birds, fast asleep also. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.1 | Iā ia i komo aku ai a kū ma kahi a ke aliʻi e moe ana, lālau akula ʻo ia i ke poʻo o ke aliʻi a hoʻoluliluli aʻela. | When he had entered and stood where the princess was sleeping, he caught hold of the princess's head and shook her. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, puoho maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai ka hiamoe ʻana, aia hoʻi, e kū ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki ma kona poʻo, a he mea pono ʻole ia i ko ke aliʻi wahine manaʻo. | Then Laieikawai started up from sleep, and behold! Hauailiki standing at her head, and her mind was troubled. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.3 | A laila, ʻōlelo malū maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki, “E hoʻi ʻoe ʻānō i kēia manawa, no ka mea, ua waiho ʻia ka make a me ke ola i koʻu mau kiaʻi, a no laila, ke minamina nei wau iā ʻoe. | Then Laieikawai spoke softly to Hauailiki, "Go away now, for death and life have been left with my guardians, and therefore I pity you; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.4 | E kū ʻoe a hele! Mai kali!” | arise and go; do not wait." |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi, e honi kāua, no ka mea, iaʻu i piʻi mai ai i uka nei i kēia mau pō aku nei lā, ua hiki mai wau i uka nei me ko ʻike ʻole, akā, ma ka mana o kou mau kiaʻi, ua kipaku ʻia wau. | Hauailiki said, "O Princess, let us kill one another, for a few nights ago I came up and got here without seeing you; we were driven away by the power of your guards, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.3 | Iaʻu e hiamoe ana, hālāwai pū ihola kāua ma ka moeʻuhane a kahaʻula ihola kāua, a ua nui nā lā a me na pō o ka hoʻomau ʻana iaʻu o kēia mea, no laila wau i piʻi mai nei e hoʻokō i ka hana i ka moeʻuhane.” | while I slept we two met together in a dream and we were united, and many days and nights the same dream came; therefore I have come up here again to fulfill what was done in the dream." |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai , “E hoʻi ʻoe! | Laieikawai said, "Return; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo i kāu mea e ʻōlelo mai nei, no ka mea, ua loaʻa nō ia mea iaʻu ma ka moeʻuhane, ua hana nō e like me ka hana iā ʻoe, a he aha lā ia mea iaʻu? | what you say is no concern of mine; for the same thing has come to me in a dream and it happened to me as it happened to you, and what is that to me? |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.6 sent.1 | No laila, e hoʻi ʻoe!” | Go, return." |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.7 sent.2 | A puoho aʻela ʻo ia mai ka hiamoe aʻe, kāhea akula me ka nīnau aku, “E Lāʻieikawai! ʻO wai kou hoa kamaʻilio e haukamumu mai nei?” | and she started up from sleep and called out, "O Laieikawai, who is the confidant who is whispering to you?" |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, e noho mai ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki me Lāʻieikawai i loko o ka hale aliʻi. | and behold! Hauailiki was in the house with Laieikawai. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.3 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “ʻĒ! E Hauaʻiliki, e kū ʻoe e hele! | Kahalaomapuana said, "O Hauailiki, arise and go; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.6 | Ua like no kaʻu ʻōlelo i kēia pō me ka pō mua, no laila, e kū ʻoe a hoʻi aku!” | and I say the same thing to-night as on that first night, so arise and return to the coast." |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole he kuleana hou e loaʻa ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a laila, hoʻomākaukau aʻela nā wāʻa no ka hoʻi i Kauaʻi. | When Hauailiki saw that he had no further chance to win Laieikawai, then he made the canoe ready to go back to Kauai, |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hoʻi aku ai i Kauaʻi a hiki lākou ma Wailua, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e ʻākoakoa mai ana nā aliʻi a me nā kaukaualiʻi a Kauakahialiʻi a me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa kekahi i kēlā manawa. | When Hauailiki's party returned to Kauai and came to Wailua, he saw a great company of the high chiefs and low chiefs of the court, and Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa with them. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.2 sent.2 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā e hoʻokokoke aku ana ma ka nuku o ka muliwai ʻo Wailua, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā ʻAiwohikupua, kāhea akula, “Ua eo wau iā ʻoe.” | As Hauailiki and his party were nearing the mouth of the river at Wailua, he saw Aiwohikupua and called out, "I have lost." |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.4 sent.1 | I loko naʻe o ko Hauaʻiliki manawa e kamaʻilio ana no ka lilo ʻana o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i mau koa kiaʻi no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua manaʻolana hou aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e holo i Hawaiʻi no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai e like nō me kona manaʻo mua. | While Hauailiki was telling how Aiwohikupua's sisters had become guardians to Laieikawai, then Aiwohikupua conceived afresh the hope of sailing to Hawaii to get Laieikawai, as he had before desired. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Pōmaikaʻi wau no kuʻu haʻalele ʻana i nā kaikuahine oʻu i Hawaiʻi, a e kō auaneʻi koʻu makemake, no ka mea, ua lohe aʻe nei wau ua lilo koʻu mau kaikuahine i mau koa kiaʻi no kaʻu mea e manaʻo nei.” | Said Aiwohikupua, How fortunate I am to have left my sisters on Hawaii, and so I shall attain my desire, for I have heard that my sisters are guardians to the one on whom I have set my heart." |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a nā aliʻi a pau e ʻākoakoa nei ma Wailua, a laila, kū maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a haʻi maila i kona manaʻo i mua o nā aliʻi, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | Now, while all the chiefs were gathered at Wailua, then Aiwohikupua stood up and declared his intention in presence of the chiefs: "Where are you! |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.2 sent.2 | E holo hou ana wau i Hawaiʻi. | I shall go again to Hawaii, |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.2 sent.3 | ʻAʻole au e nele ana i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, aia aku lā i oʻu mau kaikuahine ke kiaʻi o kaʻu mea e manaʻo nei.” | I shall not fail of my desire; for my sisters are now guardians of her on whom I have set my heart.'' |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, pane maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “ʻAʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻike akula wau i ke kapu o ke aliʻi wahine, a kapukapu nō hoʻi me ou mau kaikuahine. | At these words of Aiwohikupua, Hauailiki said, "You will not succeed, for I saw that the princess was taboo, and your sisters also put on reserved airs; |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.2 | Hoʻokahi naʻe kaikuahine huhū loa, ʻo kahi mea ʻuʻuku, no laila koʻu manaʻo paʻa ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, a he uku nō kou kokoke aku.” | one of them, indeed, was furious, the smallest of them; so my belief is you will not succeed, and if you go near you will get paid for it." |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.4 sent.2 | A mākaukau ke aliʻi no nā kānaka, a laila, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa. | and the chief arranged for paddlers; then he commanded the counsellor to make the canoes ready. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.5 sent.3 | A mākaukau kēia mau mea a pau e like me ka wā holo mau o ke aliʻi, pēlā lākou i holo ai. | When everything was ready for such a journey they set out. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.2 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Waka, “Ua hiki hou maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Keaʻau i kēia lā, no laila, e kiaʻi ʻoukou me ka mākaukau. | Said Waka, "Aiwohikupua has come again to Keaau, so let the guard be watchful, |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.3 | E makaʻala iā ʻoukou iho. | look out for yourselves, |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.5 | E noho ʻoukou ma uka nei a hiki i ka hoʻi ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i Kauaʻi.” | stay here on the mountain until Aiwohikupua returns to Kauai." |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi wahine i kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kupuna wahine, i ia manawa, kauoha koke aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ko lākou akua e hoʻokokoke mai ma ka hale aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua. | When the princess's head guard heard her grandmother's words, then Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku, their god, to come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.1 | Ma ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻano kiaʻi nui no ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuaʻana e kūkākūkā lākou ma nā mea e pono ai ke aliʻi. | As the princess's chief guard, she ordered her sisters to consult what would be the best way to act in behalf of the princess. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.2 | Iā lākou i ʻākoakoa ai, kūkākūkā ihola lākou ma nā mea kūpono iā lākou, a eia kā lākou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo ma o ka noʻonoʻo lā o Kahalaomāpuana ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi, “ʻO ʻoe, e Mailehaʻiwale, inā e hiki mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hālāwai ʻolua, e kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ke kiaʻi mua loa. | When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive him away, for you are the first guard; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.3 | A inā e haʻi mai i kona makemake, e hoʻokuke aku nō. | and if he should plead his cause force him away; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.4 | A inā i paʻakikī loa mai ma kona ʻano keiki kāne ʻana, e hoʻokuke ikaika aku iā ia. | and if he is very persistent, because he is a brother, resist him still more forcibly; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.5 | A inā i nui mai ka paʻakikī, a laila, e hoʻouna aʻe ʻoe i kekahi manu kiaʻi ou i oʻu lā, a laila, e hele mai au e hoʻohui iā kākou ma kahi hoʻokahi, a naʻu ponoʻī e kipaku aku iā ia. | and if he still insists then despatch one of the guardian birds to me, then we will all meet at the same place, and I myself will drive him away. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.6 | Inā he hele mai kāna me ka ʻinoʻino, a laila, e kauoha nō wau i ko kākou akua iā Kihanuilūlūmoku nāna nō e luku aku iā ia.” | If he threatens to harm us, then I will command our god, Kihanuilulumoku, who will destroy him." |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.7 | A pau aʻela kā lākou kūkā ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻokaʻawale lākou iā lākou iho e like me ma mua, ʻoiai, e kiaʻi ana lākou i ke aliʻi. | After all the council had assented they stationed themselves at a distance from each other to guard the princess as before. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.2 | Iā lāua i ʻike mai ai e kū ana ka pahu kapu, ua uhi ʻia i ka ʻoloa, a laila, manaʻo aʻela lāua ua kapu ke alanui e hiki aku ai i kahi o ke aliʻi. | When they saw the taboo sign — the hollow post covered with white tapa — then they knew that the road to the princess's dwelling was taboo. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.4 | No laila, hoʻomau akula lāua i ka hele ʻana a loaʻa hou he pahu kapu e like nō me ka mea mua i loaʻa ai iā lāua. | So they went right on and found another taboo sign like the first which they had found, |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.6 | Hoʻomau akula nō lāua i ka hele ʻana a loaʻa hou ke kolu o ka pahu kapu e like me nā mea mua, no ka mea, ua kūkulu ʻia nō nā pahu kapu e like me ka nui o kona mau kaikuahine. | [They continued on until they reached the third sing, like the ones before,] for one sign was set up for each of the sisters. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.1 sent.1 | A loaʻa iā lāua ka hā o nā pahu kapu, a laila, kokoke lāua e hiki i ka lima o ka pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ko Kahalaomāpuana pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ka pahu kapu weliweli loa, ke hoʻomaka aʻela e mālamalama loa. | After passing the fourth taboo sign, they approached at a distance the fifth sign; this was Kahalaomapuana's. This was the most terrible of all, and then it began to be light; |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.1 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe lāua i ʻike i ka weliweli o ia pahu kapu, no ka mea, e mōlehulehu ana nō. | but they could not see in the dark how terrible it was. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.2 sent.2 | Mahamaha akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua no ka ʻike ʻana aku i ke kaikuahine, i ia wā koke nō, pane akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, “E hoʻi nō ʻolua! | overjoyed was Aiwohikupua to see his sister. At that instant Mailehaiwale cried, "Back, you two, |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.3 sent.1 | Kuhi ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻomāʻakaʻaka, hoʻomāʻauea, hoʻomaka hou akula lāua e hoʻokokoke i o Mailehaʻiwale, kipaku hou maila nō ke kiaʻi. | Aiwohikupua supposed this was in sport; both again began to approach Mailehaiwale; again the guardian told them to go. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.3 sent.2 | “E hoʻi koke ʻolua! | "Back at once, you two! |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.4 sent.1 | “He aha kēia, e kuʻu kaikuahine?” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, | "What is this, my sister? " asked Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.4 sent.2 | “Kainoa ʻo ʻoukou nō koʻu makamaka, a ma o ʻoukou lā e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake?” | "Are you not my friends here, and through you shall I not get my desire?" |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.5 sent.2 | He manawa ʻole, hoʻohui aʻela kēia iā lākou a ʻehā ma ko Mailekaluhea wahi kiaʻi, a ma laila i manaʻo ai lākou e hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua. | in less than no time the four met at the place guarded by Mailekaluhea, where they expected to meet Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua i ʻike aku ai iā Kahalaomāpuana, e kau mai ana kēlā i luna o nā ʻēheu o nā manu me he ʻalihikaua nui lā, a he mea hou loa ia iā ʻAiwohikupua mā. | When Aiwohikupua saw Kahalaomapuana resting on the wings of birds, as commander in chief, this was a great surprise to Aiwohikupua and his companion. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.3 | Pane maila ke kiaʻi nui, “E hoʻi ʻolua ʻānō! Mai lohi, a ʻaʻole hoʻi e kali, no ka mea, ua kapu ke aliʻi! ʻAʻole nō ou kuleana ma kēia wahi, a ʻaʻole nō hoʻi e hiki iā ʻoe ke manaʻo mai he mau kaikuahine mākou nou; ua hala i ia manawa!” | Said the head guard, "Return at once, linger not, delay not your going, for the princess is taboo, you have not the least business in this place; and never let the idea come to you that we are your sisters; that time has passed." |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.2 sent.2 | Ma ia manawa, manaʻo ihola ʻo ia e hoʻi a kai o Keaʻau, a laila, hoʻouna mai i kona mau pūʻali koa e luku i nā kaikuahine. | He decided at that time to go back to the sea to Keaau, then send his warriors to destroy the younger sisters. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i kaha aku e hoʻi a hiki i ka pahu kapu o Kahalaomāpuana, aia hoʻi i laila, ua hoʻopiʻi ʻia ka huelo o ua moʻo nui nei i luna o ka pahu kapu. | When they turned back and came to Kahalaomapuana's taboo sign, behold! the tail of the great lizard protruded above the taboo sign, |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.3 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i kai o Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻolale aʻela ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua i nā pūʻali koa o ke aliʻi e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi. | As soon as Aiwohikupua and his companion reached the sea at Keaau, Aiwohikupua's counsellor dispatched the chief's picked fighting men to go up and destroy the sisters, according to the chief's command. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.4 sent.1 | I ia lā nō, ʻike mua maila nō ʻo Waka i ko ʻAiwohikupua manaʻo a me kāna mau hana, a no ia mea, hele maila ʻo Waka a hālāwai me Kahalaomāpuana ko ke aliʻi wahine ʻalihikaua, ʻōlelo maila, “E Kahalaomāpuana, ua ʻike wau i ka manaʻo o ko ʻoukou kaikunāne a me kāna mau hana. | That very day Waka foresaw what Aiwohikupua's intention was.
So Waka went and met Kahalaomapuana, the princess's commander in chief, and said: "Kahalaomapuana, I have seen what your brother intends to do. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.4 sent.2 | Ke hoʻomākaukau lā ʻo ia i ʻumi mau kānaka ikaika nāna e kiʻi mai e luku iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ua inaina ko ʻoukou kaikunāne no ko ʻoukou kipaku ʻana i kakahiaka nei. | He is preparing ten strong men to come up here and destroy you, for your brother is wrathful because you drove him away this morning; |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.4 sent.3 | No laila, e noho mākaukau ʻoukou ma ka inoa o ko kākou akua.” | so let us be ready in the name of our god." |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki maila ua moʻo nei, kauoha akula ʻo ia, “E ko mākou akua, e Kihanuilūlūmoku, nānā ʻia ke kupu, ka ʻeu, ke kalohe o kai. | And the lizard came and she commanded him: "O our god, Kihanuilulumoku, see to this lawless one, this mischief-maker, this rogue of the sea; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.3 | Inā e hele mai me ko lākou ikaika, pepehi ʻia a pau, ʻaʻohe ʻāhaʻilono. | if they send a force here, slaughter them all, let no messenger escape, |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.4 | E noke ʻoe a holokē i ʻōlohelohe. | keep on until the last one is taken, |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.5 | E ao naʻe ʻoe iā Kalāhūmoku i ka ʻīlio nui ikaika a ʻAiwohikupua. | and beware of Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great strong dog; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.6 | Hemahema nō ʻoe, pau loa kākou, ʻaʻole e pakele. | if you blunder, there is an end of us, we shall not escape; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.2 sent.1 | Ma ka pō ʻana iho, piʻi akula nā kānaka he ʻumi a ke aliʻi i wae aʻe e luku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ʻo ka hope kuhina ka ʻumikumamākahi ma muli o ka hoʻokohu a ke kuhina nui i hope nona. | That night the ten men chosen by the chief went up to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and the assistant counsellor made the eleventh in place of the chief counsellor. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.1 | Ma ka pili o ka wanaʻao, hiki lākou i kahi e kokoke iki aku ana i Paliuli. | At the first dawn they approached Paliuli. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, lohe akula lākou i ka hū o ka nahele i ka makani o ke alelo o ua a moʻo nui nei ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku e hanu mai ana iā lākou nei. | Then they heard the humming of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them, |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.7 | I ia manawa, e lele koke aku ana ka hope kuhina, ʻaʻole i kaʻawale aku, ʻo ka mūkā koke ʻia akula nō ia, pau loa, ʻaʻohe ʻāhaʻilono. | then the assistant counsellor leaped quickly back, could not make the distance; it snapped them up; not a messenger was left. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, wae hou aʻela ke aliʻi he mau kānaka he iwakālua e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine, ma ka poʻe ikaika wale nō, a hoʻokohu akula ke kuhina i hope kuhina nona e hele pū me nā koa. | So the chief again chose a party of warriors, twenty of them, from the strongest of his men, to go up and destroy the sisters; and the counsellor appointed an assistant counsellor to go for him with the men. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi ʻole mai o nā kānaka e hoʻouna mau ʻia nei. | Then Aiwohikupua consulted with his counsellor as to the reason for none of the men who had been sent returning. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “He aha kēia e hoʻi ʻole mai nei nā kānaka a kāua e hoʻouna aku nei?” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "How is it that these warriors who are sent do not return?" |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.1 | “Pehea auaneʻi e make ai iā lākou? ʻO nā kaikamāhine palupalu ihola ka mea e make ai ʻo kaʻu manaʻo ʻana e make iā lākou?” | "How can they be killed by those helpless girls, whom I intended to kill?" |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.3 | A no ka makemake o ke aliʻi e ʻike i ke kumu e hoʻi ʻole nei o kona mau kānaka, hoʻoholo aʻela lāua me kona kuhina e hoʻouna i mau ʻelele e ʻike i ke kumu o kēia hana a nā kānaka o lāua. | And because of the chief's anxiety to know why his warriors did not come back he agreed with his counsellor to send messengers to see what the men were doing. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.4 | Ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, lawe aʻela ke kuhina iā ʻUlili a me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale, ko ʻAiwohikupua mau ʻalele māmā, a piʻi akula e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kānaka. | At the chief's command the counsellor sent the Snipe and the Turnstone, Aiwohikupua's swiftest messengers, to go up and find out the truth about his men. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.4 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku nā ʻelele, “E piʻi aku ana māua e ʻike i ka pono o ko mākou poʻe e noho lā i Paliuli. | The runners said, "We are going up to find out the truth about our people who are living at Paliuli; |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.1 | “Pau akula,” wahi a ke kia manu, “i ka moʻo nui iā Kihanuilūlūmoku, ʻaʻole e pakele mai.” | "They are done for," said the bird catcher, "in the great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku; they have not been spared." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.3 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu, “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.” | not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.6 sent.1 | Maopopo ihola iā lāua ʻo ua moʻo nei kēia, e lele aʻe ana lāua ma ko lāua kino manu. | They knew then this must be the lizard; they flew in their bird bodies. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.6 sent.2 | I ia lele ʻana a kiʻekiʻe lāua nei, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana, aia ma luna pono o lāua ke a luna e poʻi iho ana iā lāua nei, a no ko lāua nei māmā loa o ka lele ʻana ma ko lāua ʻano kino manu, ua pakele lāua. | They flew high and looked about. There right above them was the upper jaw shutting down upon them, and only by quickness of flight in their bird bodies did they escape. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.2 | I nānā iho ka hana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā i ke a lalo o ua moʻo nei e ʻeku ana i ka honua me he ʻōʻō palau lā, a laila, he mea weliweli iā lāua i ka nānā aku, maopopo ihola iā lāua, ua pau ko lākou poʻe kānaka i ka make. | Snipe and his companion looked down at the lower jaw of the lizard plowing the earth like a shovel, and it was a fearful thing to see. It was plain their fellows must all be dead, |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kiʻi ʻia akula ʻo Kalāhūmoku ka ʻīlio nui ʻai kanaka a ʻAiwohikupua e hele e pepehi i ka moʻo a make, a laila, luku aku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | Then Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great man-eating dog, was fetched to go and kill the lizard, then to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.2 sent.2 | I ka hiki ʻana o Kalāhūmoku, ua ʻīlio ʻai kanaka o Tahiti, i mua o kāna moʻopuna (ʻAiwohikupua), “E piʻi ʻoe i kēia lā e luku aku i oʻu mau kaikuahine,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “a e lawe pū mai iā Lāʻieikawai.” | When Kalahumoku, the man-eating dog from Tahiti, came into the presence of his grandchild (Aiwohikupua), "Go up this very day and destroy my sisters," said Aiwohikupua, "and bring Laieikawai." |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko ka ʻīlio piʻi ʻana e luku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, kauoha mua ua ʻīlio nei i ke aliʻi a me nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā kānaka a pau, a penei kāna ʻōlelo kauoha, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | Before the dog went up to destroy Aiwohikupua's sisters the dog first instructed the chief, and the chiefs under him, and all the men, as follows: "Where are you? |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.2 | Ma kēia piʻi ʻana aʻu, e nānā ʻoukou i kēia lā i uka. | While I am away, you watch the uplands. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.3 | Inā e piʻi ka ʻohu a kū pololei i luna a kiʻekiʻe loa, inā e hina ka ʻohu ma ka lulu, a laila, ua hālāwai wau me Kihanuilūlūmoku, manaʻo aʻe ʻoukou ua hoʻāikāne māua. | When the clouds rise straight up, if they turn leeward then I have met Kihanuilulumoku and you will know that we have made friends. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.4 | Inā hoʻi e hina ana ka ʻohu i ka makani, a laila, ua hewa ʻo uka, ua hakakā māua me ua moʻo nei. | But if the clouds turn to the windward, there is trouble; I have fought with that lizard. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.8 | No laila, e hoʻomau ʻoukou i ka pule a hoʻi wale mai au.” | Then keep on praying until I return. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻouna pū akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā ʻUlili lāua me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale i mau ʻelele na lāua e haʻi mai ka hana a ka moʻo me ka ʻīlio. | and Aiwohikupua sent with him Snipe and Turnstone as messengers to report the deeds of the dog and the lizard. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.2 sent.2 | I ua moʻo nei e moe ana, hikilele aʻela ʻo ia mai ka hiamoe ʻana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia e ka hohono ʻīlio. | he was suddenly startled from sleep; he was awakened by the scent of a dog. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa naʻe, ua hala hope ka moʻo i ka ʻīlio e hele aku ana e loaʻa ke kiaʻi mua o ke aliʻi wahine. | By that time the lizard was too late for the dog, who went on until he reached the princess's first guardian. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, wehe aʻela ua moʻo nei i kona a i luna e hoʻouka no ke kaua me Kalāhūmoku. | then the lizard lifted his upper jaw to begin the fight with Kalahumoku. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.3 | Iā lākou nō e nānā ana, piʻi aʻela ka ʻohu a kū pololei i luna. | As they looked the clouds rose straight up, |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.2 | I nānā aku ka hana o ke aliʻi i kāna ʻīlio, ua pau nā pepeiao a me ka huelo i ka moʻo, a no kēia mea, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻi, no ka mea, ua pio lākou. | when the chief looked him over, gone were the ears and tail inside the lizard. So Aiwohikupua resolved to depart, since they were vanquished. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa ka hoʻokō ʻana a ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō i ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Poliʻahu. | and resolved to carry out the commands of Poliahu. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.8 sent.1 | I kēlā wā, pāpāiʻawa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā haiā wāhine ona e hoʻopau i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻohiki i mua o Lanipipili kona akua. | At this time Aiwohikupua, with his underchiefs and the women of his household, clapped hands in prayer before Lanipipili, his god, to annul his vow. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.1 sent.1 | A loaʻa kona hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia i mua o kona akua me ke kala ʻia o kona hala hoʻohiki, “ʻAʻole e lawe i kekahi o nā wāhine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine hoʻāo,” e like me nā mea i hōʻike | And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has been shown in the former chapters of this story. After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe
and the Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands
of the chief. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula nā ʻelele i ke aliʻi wahine, “I hoʻouna ʻia mai nei māua e haʻi aku iā ʻoe ma ke kauoha a ko kāne hoʻopalau ʻekolu malama ou e hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻāo o ʻolua, a ma ka hā o ka malama, i ka pō i o Kulu e hiki mai ai ʻo ia a hālāwai ʻolua e like me kā ʻolua hoʻohiki ʻana.” | The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to the oath between you." |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.6 sent.1 | “ʻAe,” wahi a nā ʻelele, “haʻi aku nei māua e like me ke kauoha; ke hoʻomākaukau lā paha kēlā. | "Yes," said the messengers, "we told her, as you commanded, to prepare herself; |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.2 | Lele hou aku nō a he wahi mokuʻāina lōʻihi, ma laila aku māua, a he mokuʻāina nui e like ka moku i loaʻa mua iā māua. | flew on to some long islands — a large island like the one we first passed, |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.3 | ʻElua naʻe mau moku liʻiliʻi iho e like me kahi moku lōʻihi, a he wahi mokuʻāina ʻuʻuku loa iho. | two little islands like one long island, and a very little island; |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.5 | A hiki māua, he hele ma lalo o nā puʻu a he malu e uhi ana, i laila ʻo Poliʻahu i loaʻa ai iā māua. | and came to a house below the hills covered with shade; there we found Poliahu; |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.11 sent.2 | Ma kēia hoʻopau ʻia ʻana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā, manaʻo ihola lāua, e haʻi i nā mea huna i pāpā ʻia iā lāua e ko lāua haku, no laila, ua hoʻokō lāua i kā lāua mea i ʻōhumu ai. | At this, Snipe and his companion decided to tell the secrets prohibited to the two by their master. Now how they carried out their intrigue, |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.11 sent.3 | Aia ka mokuna ʻumikumamāwalu kākou e ʻike ai. | you will see in Chapter XVIII. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ka hoʻopau ʻia ʻana o ʻUlili ma, hoʻouna hou akula ʻo ia ia Koaʻe, kekahi o kana mau ʻelele mama, e like me ka ʻōlelo kauoha i na ʻelele mua. | After the dismissal of Snipe and his fellow, the chief dispatched Frigate-bird, one of his nimble messengers, with the same errand as before. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo Koaʻe i o Poliʻahu la, hālāwai akula lāua, haʻi akula ʻo Koaʻe i ke kauoha a ke aliʻi e like me ka mea i haʻi ʻia ma na paukū hope o ka mokuna ʻumikumamahiku o kēia kaʻao. | Frigate-bird went to Poliahu; when they met. Frigate-bird gave the chief's command, according to the words spoken in Chapter XVII of this story. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻouna akula ʻo ia ia Koaʻe kona ʻelele e kiʻi ia Poliʻahu e iho mai e hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua i ka la i kauoha ʻia ai e hoʻāo. | then he sent his messenger. Frigate-bird, to get Poliahu to come thither to meet Aiwohikupua on the day set for the marriage. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.2 | Ma Waiʻulaʻula ʻolua e hoʻāo ai. | the marriage take place at Waiulaula. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.3 | Inā e ʻike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka la ʻo Kūlua e haliʻi ana ka hau mai ka piko o Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa a me Hualālai a hiki i Waiʻulaʻula, a laila, ua hiki lākou i kahi o ʻolua e hoʻāo ai, a laila, hele aku kākou. | When you look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai, clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to wed; then set out, so she says." |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.3 | E like me ke kāhiko ʻana i nā hoe waʻa o ke aliʻi, pēlā nō nā hoe waʻa o kona pūʻali aliʻi a pau. | so were all his bodyguard arrayed. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.2 sent.1 | Ma nā waʻa o ke aliʻi i kau ai a holo aku, ua kūkulu ʻia ma luna o nā pola o nā waʻa he ʻanuʻu, he wahi e noho ai ke aliʻi. | On the high seat of the double canoe in which the chief sailed |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.3 sent.1 | Ma nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he ʻumi kaulua e hoʻopuni ana i ko ke aliʻi waʻa, a ma luna o nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he poʻe akamai i ke kāʻeke. | Following the chief and surrounding his canoe came ten double canoes filled with expert dancers. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ka lā ʻo Kulu ma ke kakahiaka i ka puka ʻana aʻe o ka lā a kiʻekiʻe iki aʻe, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hau e uhi ma luna o ka piko o nā mauna a hiki i kahi o lāua e hoʻāo ai. | On the seventeenth day, the day of Kulu, in the early morning, a little later than sunrise, Aiwohikupua and his party saw the, snow begin to hide the summits of the mountain clear to the place of meeting. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa, ua hiki ʻo Poliʻahu, Lilinoe, Waiʻale a me Kahoupokāne i kahi e hoʻāo ai nā aliʻi. | Already had Poliahu, Lilinoe, Waiale, and Kahoupokane arrived for the chief's marriage. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hele e hui me ka wahine noho mauna o Mauna Kea. | Then Aiwohikupua set out to join the woman of the mountain. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.5 sent.2 | E like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma luna, pēlā ko ke aliʻi hele ʻana. | He went in the state described above. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā e holo aku ana i ka moana mai Kawaihae aku, he mea ʻē ka ʻoliʻoli o Lilinoe i ka hanohano launa ʻole o ke aliʻi kāne. | As Aiwohikupua was sailing from Kawaihae, Lilinoe rejoiced to see the unrivaled splendor of the chief. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki lākou i Waiʻulaʻula, ua paʻuhia lākou e ke anu, a no laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻelele e haʻi aku iā Poliʻahu, “ʻAʻole e hiki aku lākou no ke anu.” | When they came to Waiulaula they were shivering with cold, so Aiwohikupua sent his messenger to tell Poliahu, "They can not come for the cold." |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.7 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hiki aku ai ma ko Poliʻahu mā wahi e noho ana, he mea leʻaleʻa loa i ke aliʻi wahine nā mea kani o nā waʻa o ke aliʻi kāne, a he mea mahalo loa nō hoʻi iā lākou ka ʻike ʻana i ko ke aliʻi kāne hanohano a maikaʻi hoʻi. | When Aiwohikupua and his party reached Poliahu's party the princess was more than delighted with the music from the dancers accompanying the chief's canoe and .she praised his splendid appearance; it was beautiful. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.1 | ʻO nā ʻelele mua a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo ʻUlili lāua me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale, na lāua i hele aku e haʻi iā Hinaikamalama i ka hoʻāo ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua me Poliʻahu. | Now Aiwohikupua's messengers, Snipe and Turnstone, went to tell Hinaikamalama of the union of Aiwohikupua with Poliahu. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.2 | Iā Hinaikamalama i lohe ai i kēia mau ʻōlelo no ka hoʻāo o ʻAiwohikupua mā, i ia manawa, noi akula ʻo ia i kona mau mākua e holo e mākaʻikaʻi iā Kauaʻi, a ua pono kāna noi i mua o kona mau mākua. | When Hinaikamalama heard about it, then she asked her parents to let her go on a visit to Kauai, and the request pleased her parents. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.3 | Hoʻolale aʻela kona mau mākua i nā kānaka e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa no Hinaikamalama e holo ai i Kauaʻi, a wae aʻela i mau hoa hele kūpono no ke aliʻi e like me ke ʻano mua o ka huakaʻi aliʻi. | The parents hastened the preparation of canoes for Hinaikamalama's voyage to Kauai, and selected a suitable cortege for the princess's journey, as is customary on the journey of a chief. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.3 sent.2 | E ʻākoakoa ana nā aliʻi ma laila no ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Hauaʻiliki me Makaweli. | where all the chiefs were gathered for the sport between Hauailiki and Makaweli. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā e leʻaleʻa ana i ia manawa ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hiki akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a noho i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, a he mea malihini naʻe i ka ʻaha kēia kaikamahine malihini. | During the rejoicings in the middle of the night came Hinaikamalama and sat in the midst of the festive gathering, and all marveled at this strange girl. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.1 | Iā Hinaikamalama e noho ana i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, aia hoʻi, ua komo i loko o Hauaʻiliki ka ʻiʻini nui. | As Hinaikamalama sat there, behold! Hauailiki conceived a passion for her. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hele akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a i ka mea ʻume, ʻī akula, “E hele ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻopau ka hula kāʻeke. | Then Hauailiki went and said to the master of ceremonies, "Go and tell Aiwohikupua to stop the dance |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.5 | Ma ke kauoha a ka mea nona ka pō leʻaleʻa e kilu, ua hoʻopau ʻia ke kāʻeke. | At the request of the one for whom the sports were given the dance was ended. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki e kilu ana me Poliʻahu, a i ka ʻumi o nā hāuna kilu a lāua, i ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a kaʻapuni aʻela a puni ka ʻaha. | Then Hauailiki played at spin-the-gourd with Poliahu until the gourd had been spun ten times. Then the master of ceremonies arose and made the circuit of the assembly, |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa a Hinaikamalama i kū mai ai, nonoi akula ʻo ia i ka mea ʻume e ʻōlelo aʻe a kūnou maila ka mea ʻume. | As she stood there she requested the master of the sports to let her speak, and he nodded. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa, huli pono akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a ʻōlelo aku iā Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi nona kēia ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ua lohe aʻela wau kēia ʻaha, ua ʻume ʻia aʻe nei kāua e ka mea ʻume o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa āu o ke aliʻi no ka hoʻohui ʻana iā kāua no ka manawa pōkole. | And Hinaikamalama turned right around and said to Hauailiki, "O chief of this festal gathering (since I have heard this is all in your honor), your sport master has matched us two, O chief, to bring us together for a little; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.2 | Alia naʻe wau e hoʻokō i ka ʻume a ka mea nāna i ʻume iā kāua e like me kona makemake, akā, e hoʻākāka aʻe wau i koʻu kuleana i hiki mai ai iā Kauaʻi nei mai kahi lōʻihi mai. | now I put off the match which the master of ceremonies has chosen. But let me explain my object in coming so far as Kauai. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.4 | No laila, i hele mai nei wau e ʻike i ko ia ala hoʻopunipuni nui iaʻu, no ka mea, hiki aʻe kēlā i Hāna ma Maui, e heʻe nalu ana mākou. | therefore I came here to see how he had lied to me. For that man there came to Hana on Maui while we were surf riding. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.5 | Na lāua lā naʻe ka heʻe nalu hope loa, a pau kā lāua lā heʻe nalu ʻana, hoʻi lāua lā, e kōnane ana mākou. | The two of them were the last to surf, and when they were through, they came home to play konane with me. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.10 | Inā e make wau iā ia ala ma ke kōnane ʻana, a laila, lilo wau na ia ala. | if he beat me at konane, then I would become his |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.11 | Ma kāna mau hana a pau e ʻōlelo ai iaʻu, ma laila wau, ma nā mea kūpono naʻe, a pēlā nō hoʻi wau inā e make kēlā iaʻu. | and do everything that he told me to do, |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.12 | A laila, e like me kāna hana iaʻu, pēlā no kaʻu iā ia, a holo like iā māua kēia ʻōlelo paʻa. | and the same if he lost to me, then he was to do for me as I to him; and we made this bargain. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.15 | Pono ʻoe ke noho me aʻu e like me kā kāua pili ʻana.' | you ought to stay with me as we have wagered.' |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.16 | ʻĪ mai kēlā, 'Alia wau e hoʻokō i kāu kumu pili a hoʻi mai wau mai kuʻu huakaʻi kaʻapuni mai, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia ke kumu pili āu, e ke Aliʻi wahine.' | Said that fellow, 'I will wait to carry out the bet until I return from a touring trip. Then I will fulfill the bet, O princess.' |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.18 | A no kuʻu lohe ʻana aʻe nei he wahine kā ia ala, ʻo ia koʻu hiki mai nei iā Kauaʻi nei a komo maila i ko ʻaha leʻaleʻa, e ke Aliʻi. | And When I heard that he had a wife, 1 came to Kauai and entered the festal gathering. O chief, |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.3 | Ma kēia ʻume hope, haʻi maila ʻo Hinaikamalama i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi ē, ua hoʻohui ʻia kāua e ka mea ʻume ma ka mea mau o nā ʻaha leʻaleʻa. | This time Hinaikamalama said to Hauailiki, "O chief, we have been matched by the sport master as is usual in this game. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.4 | Akā, alia wau e ʻae aku. | But I must delay my consent; |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.5 | Aia a ʻae mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō māua i nā hoʻohiki a māua a pau ko māua manawa, a laila, ma ka pō leʻaleʻa hou a ke aliʻi e hoʻokō ʻia ai ka ʻume o kēia pō no kāua,” a laila, he mea maikaʻi loa ia i ko Hauaʻiliki manaʻo, a no kēia ʻōlelo a Hinaikamalama, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki. | when Aiwohikupua has consented to carry out our vow. after that, at the chief's next festival night, this night's match shall be fulfilled." Then Hauailiki was very well pleased. And because of Hinaikamalama's words, Aiwohikupua took Hinaikamalama to carry out their vow. |
| Ch.18 p.93 para.2 sent.7 | E kuʻu hoa ē, he anu ē.” | O my comrade, it is cold. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.1 sent.2 | E apo mai ʻoe iaʻu a paʻa i mehana iho wau. | Embrace me close to make me warm: |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.1 sent.4 | A laila, hoʻokō maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kā ka wahine ʻōlelo, a laila, loaʻa maila ka mahana e like me ma mua. | Then Aiwohikupua obeyed her, and she grew as warm as before. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.2 sent.1 | A hoʻomākaukau ihola lāua e hōʻoluʻolu no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki ma ka hoʻopalau ʻana, a laila, hiki hou maila ke anu iā Hinaikamalama, ʻo ka lua ia o kona loaʻa i ke anu. | As they began to take their ease in fulfillment of their vow at the betrothal, then the cold came a second time upon Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.3 sent.1 | “E ke hoa ē, he anu, | O my comrade, It is cold. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.4 sent.1 | I kēia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Hinaikamalama iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i ʻike i ke kumu o kēia anu o kāua? Inā ua ʻike ʻoe i ke kumu o kēia anu, a laila, e haʻi mai. | This time Hinaikamalama said to Aiwohikupua, "Do you not know any reason for our being cold? If you know the reason, then tell me. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.2 sent.3 | E hoʻokaʻawale kāua. | let us separate; |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ke awakea, lawe hou aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō i kā lāua mea i ʻōlelo ai i ia pō iho ma mua. | At noon Aiwohikupua again took her in fulfillment of the agreement of the night before. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, “E hoʻomanawanui hou kāua, a inā i hiki hou mai ka wela ma luna o kāua, a laila, haʻalele mai ʻoe iaʻu.” | Said Hinaikamalama, "Let us still have patience and if the heat comes over us again, then leave me." |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.10 sent.7 | Ke hoʻeu mai nei ka wela iaʻu e hele, | The heat compels me to go, |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.10 sent.8 | E hele no ē.” | I must go. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Hinaikamalama,“ʻAʻole e hāʻawi ʻia ka ihu iā ʻoe. | Said Hinaikamalama, "I will not give you a kiss; |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.1 | (E waiho kākou i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no ʻAiwohikupua ma ʻaneʻi. | (Let us leave off here telling about Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.2 | E pono e kamaʻilio pokole no Hinaikamalama.) | It is well to speak briefly of Hinaikamalama.) |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.4 sent.4 | Iā lāua e kilu ana, komo maila ʻo Poliʻahu i loko o ka leʻaleʻa. | During the game Poliahu entered the assembly. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.5 sent.1 | A no ka ʻike ʻole o ka mea ʻume iā Hinaikamalama i kēlā pō, no laila, ʻaʻole e hiki i ka mea ʻume ke hoʻomaka i kāna hana, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻia i ka pō mua, no Hauaʻiliki a me Hinaikamalama ka leʻaleʻa mua o ia pō, a no ka loaʻa ʻole i ka maka o ka mea ʻume, ua lilo ka leʻaleʻa i nā mea ʻē aʻe. | And as the master of ceremonies had not seen Hinaikamalama early that night, he had not done his duty. For on the former night the first game this night had been promised to Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama, but not seeing her he gave the first game to others. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.5 sent.2 | I ke kokoke ʻana e ao ua pō nei, huli aʻela ka mea ʻume i loko o ka ʻaha iā Hinaikamalama, a loaʻa ihola. | Close on morning the sport master searched the gathering for Hinaikamalama and found her. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a waenakonu o ka ʻaha, iā Hauaʻiliki me Poliʻahu e kilu ana, i ia manawa, kani akula ke oli a ka mea ʻume e hoʻokolili ana i ka wēlau o ka maile i luna o Hauaʻiliki, a kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile, a laila, kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki. | Then the sport master stood up in the midst of the assembly, while Hauailiki and Poliahu were playing, then he sang a song while fluttering the end of the wand over Hauailiki and took away the want and Hauailiki stood up. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.8 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ʻo Poliʻahu iā Hinaikamalama, kokoe akula nā maka i ka ʻike i kona ʻenemi, a hala akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e hoʻoluʻolu ai. | When Poliahu saw Hinaikamalama, she frowned at sight of her rival. And Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama withdrew where they could take their pleasure. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.9 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hui ana, ʻī akula ʻo Hinaikamalama iā Hauaʻiliki. | When they met, said Hinaikamalama to Hauailiki. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.9 sent.2 | “Inā he lawe kou iaʻu no ka manawa pokole a pau aʻe, a laila, ua pau kāua, no ka mea, ʻaʻole pēlā ka makemake o koʻu mau mākua, a laila, e waiho puʻupaʻa iaʻu pēlā. | "If you take me only for a little while, then there is an end of it, for my parents do not wish me to give up my virginity thus. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.9 sent.3 | Akā, inā i manaʻo ʻoe e lawe iaʻu i wahine hoʻāo nāu, a laila, e hāʻawi wau iaʻu nāu mau loa e like me ka makemake o koʻu mau mākua.” | But if you intend to take me as your wife, then 1 will give myself altogether to you as my parents desire." |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.1 sent.2 | Ua like nō kou manaʻo me koʻu, akā, e hoʻohui mua kāua iā kāua iho e like me ka makemake o ka mea ʻume, a ma hope loa aku, a laila, hoʻāo loa kāua.” | you think as I do; hut let us first meet according to the choice of the sport master, then afterwards we will marry." |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole pēlā,” wahi a Hinaikamalama, “E waiho puʻupaʻa iaʻu pēlā a hiki i kou manawa e kiʻi aʻe ai iaʻu, a loaʻa wau i Hāna.” | "Not so," said Hinaikamalama,"let me be virgin until you are ready to come and get me at Hana." |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.1 | I ke kolu o ka pō leʻaleʻa o Hauaʻiliki, i nā aliʻi e ʻākoakoa ana, a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, ʻo ia ka pō i hui ai ʻo Lilinoe me Poliʻahu, ʻo Waiʻale a me Kahoupokāne, no ka mea, ua ʻimi mai lākou iā Poliʻahu me ka manaʻo, ke pono nei ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana me Poliʻahu. | On the third night of Hauailiki's festivities, when the chiefs and others were assembled, that night Lilinoe and Poliahu, Waiale and Kahoupokane met, for the three had come to find Poliahu, thinking that Aiwohikupua was living with her. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.2 | I ia pō, iā ʻAiwohikupua me Makaweli e kilu ana, a i ka waenakonu o ko lāua manawa leʻaleʻa, komo ana nā wāhine noho mauna i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa. | This night, while Aiwohikupua and Makaweli were playing spin-the-gourd, in the midst of the sport, the women of the mountain entered the place of assembly. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.4 sent.1 | Iā Poliʻahu mā ʻehā e kū ana me nā kapa hau o lākou, he mea ʻē ka hulali. | As Poliahu and the others stood in their mantles of snow, spark-
ling in the light, |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.5 sent.1 | (Aia a hiki aku i ka hiki ʻana aku o Lāʻieikawai i Kauaʻi, ma hope iho o ko Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻāo ʻana aku me Lāʻieikawai, a laila, e hoʻomaka hou ke kamaʻilio no Hinaikamalama. | (When we get to Laieikawai's coming to Kauai after Kekalukaluokewa's marriage with Laieikawai, then we will begin again the story of Hinaikamalama; |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.5 sent.2 | Ma kēia wahi e kamaʻilio no ke kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, pēlā aku a hiki i ka hui ʻana me Lāʻieikawai.) | at this place let us tell of Kauakahialii's command to his friend, and so on until he meets Laieikawai.) |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Kauakahialiʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa ma Pihanakalani ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai Hawaiʻi mai, ʻoiai ua kokoke mai ko lāua mau lā hope, i ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, iā Kekalukaluokēwā, i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ona, a eia nō ia, “E kuʻu aikāne aloha nui, ke waiho aku nei wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ou, no ka mea, ke kokoke mai nei koʻu mau lā hope, a hoʻi aku i ka ʻaoʻao mau o ka honua. | After their return from Hawaii, Kauakahialii lived with Kailiokalauokekoa at Pihanakalani. Now the end of their days was near. Then Kauakahialii laid a blessing upon his friend, Kekalukaluokewa, and this it was: "Ah! my friend, greatly beloved, I give you my blessing, for the end of my days is near, and I am going back to the other side of the earth. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.7 sent.3 | ʻO ʻoe nō ma luna, ʻo ka wahine a kāua ma lalo, e like nō me kā kāua naʻi ʻana i ka moku i puni ai, pēlā nō ʻoe e noho aku ai me ka wahine a kāua. | you above, and our wife below; as we two ruled over the island, so will you and our wife do. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.1 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi e manaʻo ʻoe iā ia ʻo kāu wahine ia, no ka mea, ua lilo nō ia iā kāua. | by no means think of her as your wife, for she belongs to us two. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.1 | “Aia kāu wahine e kiʻi ʻo kuʻu wahine i haʻalele aku nei i Hawaiʻi, ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | "The woman for you to take is the wife left on Hawaii, Laieikawai. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.3 | A manaʻo ʻoe e kiʻi, hoʻokahi āu mea mālama, ʻo ka ʻohe a kāua. | you will be renowned. Would you get her, guard one thing, our flute, |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.1 | A ma ia hope mai, i ke kokoke ʻana i ko Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mau lā hope, waiho akula ʻo ia i ʻōlelo kauoha no ka mālama ʻana iā Kanikawī, kā lāua ʻohe kapu me kāna kāne e like me ke kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi, “E kuʻu kāne, eia ka ʻohe. | Afterwards, when Kailiokalauokekoa's last days drew near, she prayed her husband to guard Kanikawi, their sacred flute, according to Kauakahialii's command: "My husband, here is the flute; |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.3 | ʻO nā mea a pau āu e makemake ai, inā e kiʻi ʻoe i ka wahine a ko aikāne i kauoha ai iā ʻoe, ʻo ka mea nō kēia nāna e hoʻohui iā ʻolua. | whatever things you desire it can do; if you go to get the wife your
friend charged you to, this will be the means of your meeting. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.4 | Eia naʻe, e mālama mau loa ʻoe. | You must guard it forever; |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.5 | Ma kāu wahi e hele ai, a e noho ai, mai haʻalele iki i ka ʻohe, no ka mea, ua ʻike nō ʻoe i ka hana a kāu aikāne i ko ʻolua manawa i hiʻi aʻe ai iaʻu i kuʻu wā e ʻaneʻane aku ana i ka make ma muli o kuʻu aloha i ko aikāne. | wherever you go to dwell, never leave the flute at all, for you well know what your friend did when you two came to get me when I was almost dead for love of your friend. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.6 | Na ua ʻohe lā kēia ola ʻana e ola aku nei mai ka lua kupapaʻu mai, no laila, e hoʻolohe ʻoe me ka mālama loa e like me kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoe.” | It was this flute that saved me from the other side of the grave; therefore, listen and guard well my sayings." |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i manaʻo ai e hoʻokō i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa hoʻokahi mano no ka huakaʻi kiʻi wahine a ke aliʻi i Hawaiʻi e like me ke aʻoaʻo mau o ke aliʻi. | Then he commanded his counsellor to make ready 4,000 canoes for the journey to Hawaii after a wife, according to the custom of a chief. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo aku kahi kanaka nāna i ʻike mua iā Lāʻieikawai i ke aliʻi, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo lā i uka, ʻo Paliuli nō ia. | Then said the man who had seen Laieikawai before to the chief, "See that rainbow arching over the uplands; that is Paliuli, |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.4 | E neʻe ana naʻe ka ua o Hilo i ia mau lā a lākou i hiki aku ai ma Makahanaloa. | Now the rain was sweeping Hilo at the time when they came to Makahanaloa. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kahi kanaka, ʻī aku ke aliʻi, “Alia wau e manaʻoʻiʻo i kāu no Lāʻieikawai kēlā hōʻailona, no ka mea, he mea mau i loko o ka wā ua ka piʻo o ke ānuenue. | At the man's words, the chief answered, "I will wait before believing that a sign for Laieikawai; for the rainbow is common in rainy weather; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, i kuʻu manaʻo, e hekau nā waʻa, a e kali kākou a mālie ka ua, a laila, i piʻo mai ke ānuenue i loko o ka wā ua ʻole, a laila, maopopo no Lāʻieikawai ka hōʻailona.” | so, my proposal is, let us anchor the canoes and wait until the rain has cleared, then if the rainbow remains when there is no rain, it must be a sign for Laieikawai.'" |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.3 | Ua like ko ke aliʻi manaʻo ʻana ma kēia mea me ko ʻAiwohikupua, a no kēia mea, noho ihola lākou ma laila e like me ko ke aliʻi makemake. | The chief's proposal was the same as Aiwohikupua's. So they remained there as the chief desired. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.5 | I ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā ʻumikumamālua, puka akula ke aliʻi i waho mai ka hale aʻe, aia hoʻi, e hoʻomau ana ke ānuenue e like me ma mua. | In the early morning of the twelfth day the chief went out of the house, and lo! the rainbow persisted as before; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.6 | Ma ke kiʻekiʻe iki ʻana aʻe o ka lā, aia e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Keaʻau. | a little later in the day the rainbow was at the seacoast of Keaau; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.8 | (E like me kā kākou kamaʻilio ʻana ma mua ma ko ʻAiwohikupua moʻolelo.) | (as in the narrative before of Aiwohikupua's story). |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai, ua nui nā kamaʻāina i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi iā Kekalukaluokēwā, me ka ʻōlelo mai o nā kamaʻāina, “ʻAkahi nō ka ʻāina kanaka maikaʻi o Kauaʻi!” | When they arrived the people crowded to see Kekalukaluokewa and exclaimed, "Kauai for handsome men!" |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.3 | Make akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, kauoha aʻela i ke aikāne e kiʻi mai iā ʻoe i wahine, no laila, ʻo kāu kāne ia. | Kauakahialii is dead, and has charged his favorite to take you to wife; therefore this is your husband. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.5 | No laila, e noho ʻoe i uka nei a hala nā lā ʻehā, a laila, iho aku ʻoe, a inā ua makemake ʻoe, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe a haʻi mai i kou makemake iaʻu.” | Therefore wait up here four days, then go down, and if you like him, then return and tell me your pleasure.'" |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.6 | Noho ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hala nā lā ʻehā e like me ke kauoha a kona kupuna wahine. | Laieikawai waited four days as her grandmother commanded. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai ma kahi kokoke iki e nānā aku ai i kauhale, aia hoʻi, ua hiki mua aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ma kūlana heʻe nalu ma mua o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku. | When she arrived close to the village, lo! Kekalukaluokewa was already out surf riding; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.5 sent.2 | ʻEkolu naʻe mau keiki e kū ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu ʻo ke aliʻi a me nā punahele ʻelua. | three youths rose in the surf, the chief and his favorites. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kahi a lāua e hoʻohālua ana no Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻaʻole naʻe lāua i ʻike i ke kāne a ke kupuna wahine i makemake ai. | As Laieikawai and her companion spied out for Kekalukahiokewa, they did not know which man the grandmother wanted. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona wahi kahu, “Pehea lā kāua e ʻike ai i ke kāne aʻu a kuʻu kupuna wahine i ʻōlelo mai nei?” | Said Laieikawai to her nurse, "How are we to know the man whom my grandmother said was here?" |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.1 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku kona kahu, “Pono kāua ke kali a pau kā lākou heʻe nalu ʻana, a ʻo ka mea e hele wale mai ana, ʻaʻole he paʻa i ka papa heʻe nalu, a laila, ʻo ke aliʻi nō ia. | Her nurse said. "Better wait until they are through surfing, and the one who comes back without a board, he is the chief." |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.1 sent.3 | Ma ka ʻōlelo a ko Lāʻieikawai kahu, noho ihola lāua ma laila e kali ana. | [At the words of Laieikawai's attendant,] So they sat and waited. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.2 | I ia wā, ʻike akula lāua i ke kiʻi ʻia ʻana mai o nā papa o nā punahele e nā kānaka, a lawe ʻia akula. | Then they saw some men carrying the boards of the favorites, |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai ʻo Waka, “ʻApōpō, ma ka puka ʻana o ka lā, ʻo ia ka wā e ʻau ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ka heʻe nalu, ʻo ia wale. | Said Waka, "To-morrow at daybreak Kekalukaluokewa goes surfing alone; |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa e hoʻouhi aku ai wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Puna nei, a ma loko o ia noe, e hoʻouna aku nō wau iā ʻoe ma luna o nā manu a hui ʻolua me Kekalukaluokēwā me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia. | at that time I will cover all the land of Puna with a mist, and in this mist I will send you on the wings of birds to meet Kekalukaluokewa without your being seen. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.3 | Aia a pau ka uhi ʻana o ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai nā mea a pau, ʻo ʻoe kekahi me Kekalukaluokēwā e heʻe mai ana i ka nalu hoʻokahi, ʻo ia ka manawa e loaʻa ai ko ihu i ke keiki Kauaʻi. | When the mist clears, then all shall see you riding on the wave with Kekalukaluokewa; that is the time to give a kiss to the Kauai youth. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.4 | No laila, i kou puka ʻana mai loko aku nei o kou hale, ʻaʻole ʻoe e kamaʻilio iki aku i kekahi kāne, ʻaʻole hoʻi i kekahi wahine. | So when you go out of the house, speak no word to anyone, man or woman, |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.5 | Aia a laʻa ko ihu iā Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻo ia kou manawa e kamaʻilio ai me nā mea ʻē aʻe. | until you have given a kiss to Kekalukaluokewa, then you may speak to the others. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.6 | Aia a pau kā ʻolua heʻe nalu ʻana, a laila, e hoʻouna aku wau i nā manu a me ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, ʻo kou manawa ia e hoʻi mai ai me ko kāne a loko o ko ʻolua hale, a laila, e hoʻolaʻa ʻia ko kino e like me koʻu makemake. | After the surf riding, then I will send the birds and a mist over the land; that is the time for you to return with your husband to your house, become one flesh according to jour wish.'' |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai me kona kahu ma ka hale ma hope iho o ke kauoha ʻana a kona kupuna wahine, hoʻouna aʻela ʻo ia i kona kahu e kiʻi aku iā Mailehaʻiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelauliʻi, Mailepākaha a me Kahalaomāpuana, kona mau hoa kūkā e like me kā lākou hoʻohiki ʻana. | Afterward, when they were in the house, she sent her nurse to bring Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and Kahalaomapuana, her counsellors, as they had agreed. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki maila kona mau hoa kūkā, kona mau kiaʻi kino hoʻi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou e oʻu mau hoa. | When the counsellors came, her body guard, Laieikawai said, "Where are you, my comrades? |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.3 | Ua kūkā aʻe nei au me ke kupuna wahine o kākou, e hoʻāo wau i kāne naʻu, no laila wau i hoʻouna aku nei i ko kākou kahu e kiʻi aku iā ʻoukou e like me kā kākou hoʻohiki ʻana ma hope iho o ko kākou hui ʻana ma ʻaneʻi. | I have taken counsel with our grandmother about my marriage, so I sent my nurse to bring you, as we agreed when we met here. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.7 | Inā e hōʻole mai, aia nō ia i ko kākou manaʻo.” | if not, it shall be just as you think." |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.2 | Ua hoʻomoe aʻela nō ko kākou kupuna wahine e like me kona makemake, ʻaʻohe a mākou ʻōlelo. | marry him as your grandmother wishes; not a word from us. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.3 | Eia naʻe, a i hoʻāo ʻoe i ke kāne, mai haʻalele ʻoe iā mākou e like me kā kākou hoʻohiki ʻana. | Only when you marry a husband do not forsake us, as we have agreed; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.4 | Ma kāu wahi e hele ai, ma laila pū kākou. | where you go, let us go with you; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole wau e haʻalele iā ʻoukou,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai. | ["I won't leave you," said Laieikawai. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.2 | Me ka ʻike ʻole naʻe o Halaaniani i kahi e hele mai ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, mai ia manawa mai ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka manaʻo ʻino e ake e loaʻa ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | without knowing where she came from; from that time the wicked purpose never left his mind to win Laieikawai, |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki, no ka mea, ua ālai ʻia mai e ka hilahila, a hiki ʻole ke pane aku. | but he was ashamed to approach her and never spoke to her. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.4 sent.2 | Iā Halaaniani i hoʻokokoke mai ai ma kahi o nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau, lohe ihola ʻo ia, e lilo ana ua Lāʻieikawai nei iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | In the village he heard that Laieikawai was to be Kekalukaluokewa's. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻi wikiwiki akula ʻo ia e hālāwai me kona kaikuahine, me Maliʻo. | Then quickly he went to consult his sister, to Malio." |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula kona kaikunāne, “E Maliʻo, i piʻi mai nei wau iā ʻoe e kiʻi ʻoe i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, i nā lā a pau aʻu e nalo nei, ma Keaʻau nō wau no koʻu ʻike mau i kēia wahine maikaʻi. | Said her brother, " Malio, I have come to you to gain my desire. All those days I was absent I was at Keaau to behold a certain beautiful woman, |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.3 | No laila, ua hoʻokonokono ʻia mai wau e ke kuko e hele pinepine e ʻike i ua wahine nei. | for my passion forced me to go again and again to see this woman. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.4 | A ma kēia lā, ua lohe aku nei wau e lilo ana i ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi i ka lā ʻapōpō. | To-day I heard that to-morrow she is to be the chief of Kauai; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.5 | No laila, ʻo ko mana a pau, ma luna iho ia o kāua like e lilo iaʻu kēlā kaikamahine.” | therefore let us exert all our arts over her to win her to me." |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.6 sent.4 | No laila, a e like me kou makemake, e hoʻi naʻe ʻoe a kou wahi, a ma ke ahiahi pōʻeleʻele, piʻi hou mai, a ma uka nei kāua e moe ai. | Therefore, as you desire, go home, and in the dark of evening return, and we will sleep here on the mountain; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.6 sent.5 | ʻO ia ka manawa o kāua e ʻike ai i ko nele a me ka loaʻa.” | that is the time for us to determine whether you lose or win." |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.7 sent.1 | Ma muli o ke kauoha o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, hoʻi maila ʻo Halaaniani a ma kona hale noho ma kula a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona e hele aku i kahi o kona kaikuahine. | According to Malio's directions to her brother, Halaaniani returned to his house at Kula. He came at the time his sister had commanded. |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko lāua manawa hiamoe, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “Inā e moe kāua i kēia pō, a i loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moeʻuhane, a laila, haʻi mai ʻoe iaʻu, a pēlā nō hoʻi wau.” | Before they slept, Malio said to Halaaniani, "If you get a dream when you sleep, tell it to me, and I will do the same." |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.2 | Iā lāua e moe ana, a hiki paha i ka pili o ke ao, ala aʻela ʻo Halaaniani. | They slept until toward morning. Halaaniani awoke, |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.3 | Nānā aku nei koʻu ʻuhane i kekahi wahi manu e hana ana i kona pūnana. | my spirit saw a little bird building its nest: |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.1 | Haʻi akula kona kaikuahine i ke ʻano ʻoiaʻiʻo o ua moe la, “E pōmaikaʻi ʻiʻo ana nō ʻoe, no ka mea, ʻo ka manu mua nona ka pūnana, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā nō ia, a ʻo ka pūnana, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ia. | His sister told him the true meaning of the dream. "You will prosper; for the first bird whose the nest was, that is Kekalukaluokewa. and the nest, that is Laieikawai, |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.3 | No laila, ma kēia kakahiaka, e lilo ana ka wahine a ʻolua ia ʻoe. | Therefore this very morning the woman shall be yours. |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.4 | Iā Waka e hoʻouna aʻe ai ia Lāʻieikawai ma luna o ka ʻēheu o na manu no ka hoʻāo me Kekalukaluokēwā, uhi mai auaneʻi ka noe a me ke ʻawa. | When Waka sends Laieikawai on the wings of the birds for the marriage with Kekalukaluokewa, mist and fog will cover the land: |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.5 | A mao aʻe, a laila, ʻike ʻia aku ʻekolu ʻoukou e kū mai ana ma kua nalu, a laila, e ʻike auaneʻi ʻoe he mana koʻu e uhi aku ma luna o Waka, a ʻike ʻole ʻo ia i kaʻu mea e hana aku ai nou. | when it clears, then you three will appear riding on the crest of the wave, then you shall see that I have power to veil Waka's face from seeing what I am doing for you: |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.6 | No laila, e kū kāua a hele aku ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i kahi e hoʻāo ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai.” | so let us arise and get near to the place where Laieikawai weds." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.1 sent.1 | A pau ka hōʻike ʻana a Maliʻo i ke ʻano o kēia mau mea, iho akula lāua a ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e noho ai. | After Malio's explanation of the dream was ended they went right to the place where the others were. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai ma Keaʻau, ʻike akula lāua iā Kekalukaluokēwā e ʻau aʻe ana i ka heʻe nalu. | When they came to Keaau they saw Kekalukaluokewa swimming out for surf riding. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻolohe ʻoe i kaʻu. | Malio said to Halaaniani. "You listen to me! |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.4 | E hoʻomake ʻoe i kou nalu. | lose the wave; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.5 | Pēlā nō ʻoe e hoʻomake ai i hala nā nalu ʻehā o ko lāua heʻe ʻana. | this for four waves: |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.8 | A i nīnau mai i kāu nalu lōʻihi e heʻe ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, ʻo Huia. | and when they ask you what long waves you surf on say on the Huia." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.9 | Inā i maliu ʻole mai kēlā i kāu ʻōlelo, a hoʻomākaukau lāua e heʻe i ko lāua nalu pau, iā lāua e heʻe ai, a laila, hopu aku ʻoe i nā wāwae o Lāʻieikawai i heʻe aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ʻo ia wale. | "If they pay no attention to yon, and prepare to ride in on their last wave, as they ride you must seize hold of Laieikawai's feet while Kekalukaluokewa rides in alone. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.11 | Nānā mai ʻoe iā uka nei, e ʻau aku ana ʻo Kumukahi i loko o ka ʻale, a laila, ʻo ke kūlana nalu ia. | look over to the coast where Kumukahi swims in the billows, then this is the place for surfing; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.12 | A laila, pule aeae ma kuʻu inoa, a naʻu nō e hoʻouna aku i nalu ma luna o ʻolua. | then pray in my name and I will send a wave over you; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e kamaʻilio ana i kēia mau mea, uhi ana ka noe a Waka ma luna o ka ʻāina. | While they were talking Waka covered the land with a mist. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.4 | I ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka noe, aia ʻekolu poʻe e lana ana ma kūlana nalu e kū ana, a he mea haʻohaʻo ia iā uka i ka nānā aku. | When the mist cleared three persons floated on the crest of the wave, and this was a surprise to the onlookers. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.1 | E like me ke kauoha a Waka i kāna moʻopuna, “ʻAʻole e ʻōlelo i nā mea ʻē aʻe a laʻa ka ihu iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a laila, ʻōlelo i nā mea ʻē aʻe.” | As Waka had commanded her grandchild, "speak to no one until you have kissed Kekalukaluokewa, then speak to others," |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ia ka manawa i laʻa ai ka ihu o Lāʻieikawai iā Kekalukaluokēwā e like me ke kauoha a ke kupuna wahine. | then it was that Laieikawai and Kekalukaluokewa kissed as the grandmother had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.1 sent.1 | I ka hā o ko lāua nalu pae, ʻakahi nō a loaʻa ka nīnau a Lāʻieikawai iā Halaaniani, me ka ʻī aku, “He aha kou mea e pae ʻole nei? | At the fourth wave, for the first time Laieikawai questioned Halaaniani: "Why do you not ride? |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.2 sent.1 | “No ka maʻa ʻole i ka nalu pokopoko,” wahi a Halaaniani, “no ka mea, he nalu loloa koʻu e heʻe ai.” | "Because I am not used to the short waves," said Halaaniani, "the long wave is mine." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.2 sent.2 | Haʻi akula kēia e like me ke kauoha a kona kaikuahine. | He spoke as his sister had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.3 sent.2 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻomoe aku i ka nalu, e hopu aku ana ʻo Halaaniani ma nā kapuaʻi o Lāʻieikawai, a lilo maila ma kona lima, lilo akula ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai, pae akula naʻe ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā a kau a kahi maloʻo. | As Kekalukaluokewa and Laieikawai lay resting on the wave, Halaaniani caught Laieikawai by the soles of her feet and got his arm around her, and Laieikawai's surf board was lost. Kekalukaluokewa rode in alone and landed on the dry beach. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.5 sent.2 | He kanaka ka mea nāna e lawe mai.” | a man will bring it back." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.6 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e ʻōlelo ana no kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia maila ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kahi o lāua e kū ana. | While they were speaking; Laieikawai's surf board floated to where they were. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa a lāua e ʻau ana, haʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “Ma kēia ʻau ʻana a kāua, mai ʻalawa ʻoe i hope, i mua nō nā maka. | and while they swam Halaaniani bade the princess, ''As we swim do not look back, face
ahead; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.8 sent.2 | I ia manawa, pane aku ʻo ia, “Haʻohaʻo ka nalu āu, e ke kāne. | then she said, "This is a strange wave, man! |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Halaaniani, “E hoʻolohe pono loa ʻoe! | Said Halaaniani, "You listen well; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.10 sent.1 | I ia ʻau ʻana a lāua a hiki i kahi a Halaaniani e manaʻo ai ʻo kūlana nalu ia, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Halaaniani i kona hoa heʻe nalu, “Nānā ʻia ʻo uka.” | They swam until Halaaniani thought they could get the crest, then Halaaniani said to his surfing comrade, "Look toward the coast." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.1 | “ʻO kūlana nalu kēia,” wahi a Halaaniani, “Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoe, inā i haki ka nalu mua, ʻaʻole kāua e pae i ia nalu. | "This is our crest." said Halaaniani. "I warn you when the first wave breaks, do not ride that wave, |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.2 | A i ka lua o ka nalu, ʻaʻole nō e pae. | or the second; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.3 | A i ke kolu o ka nalu, ʻo ka nalu ia o kāua e pae ai. | the third wave is ours. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.4 | I haki ka nalu, a i kākala, a i ʻō ʻia ʻoe, mai haʻalele ʻoe i ka papa; ʻo ka mea nō ia nāna e hoʻolana. | When the wave breaks and scatters, keep on, do not leave the board which keeps you floating; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.5 | Inā e haʻalele ʻoe i ka papa, a laila, ʻaʻole ʻoe e ʻike iaʻu.” | if you leave the board, then you will not see me again." |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau ʻōlelo, pule akula ʻo Halaaniani i ko lāua akua ma ka inoa o kona kaikuahine e like me kā Maliʻo kauoha mua. | At the close of this speech Halaaniani prayed to their god in the name of his sister, as Malio had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.3 | I ʻalawa hou aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, e kau mai ana ʻo Halaaniani ma ka peʻa o ka nalu, ma kona akamai nui. | Laieikawai looked again; Halaaniani with great dexterity was resting on the very tip of the wave. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.4 | I ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e hāʻawi iā ia iho iā Halaaniani. | That was when Laieikawai began to give way to Halaaniani. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.3 | Ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamālua a me ka mokuna iwakāluakumamākolu e ʻike ai kākou i ka nui o kāna mau hana mana. | and in Chapters XXII and XXIII yon will see what great deeds she had power to perform. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.1 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a Lāʻieikawai me Halaaniani e heʻe nalu ana mai ka moana mai, ua uhi ʻia ko Waka mana e ka mana nui o Maliʻo. | While Laieikawai was surfing ashore with Halaaniani, Waka's supernatural gift was overshadowed by Malio's superior skill, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.1 sent.2 | A no laila, ua ʻike ʻole ʻo Waka i nā mea a pau e hana ʻia ana o kāna moʻopuna. | and she did not see what was being done to her grandchild. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa, i ke kokoke ʻana aku o Lāʻieikawai mā e pae i ka honua, ʻo ia ka manawa a Waka i hoʻouna mai ai i nā manu ma loko o ka noe. | Just as Laieikawai came to land, Waka sent the birds in the mist, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.1 | I ia lā a pō, mai ka pō a ao, a awakea, he mea haʻohaʻo loa iā Waka no kāna moʻopuna, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo mua aku ʻo ia i kāna moʻopuna ma mua o kona hoʻouna ʻana aku e launa me Kekalukaluokēwā. | The night passed, day came, and it was midday; Waka thought this strange, for before sending her grandchild to meet Kekalukaluokewa she had said to her: |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.2 | Eia ke kauoha, “Iho ʻoe i kēia lā a hui ʻoe me Kekalukaluokēwā, hoʻi mai ʻolua a uka nei a laʻa ko kino, a laila, kiʻi aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, naʻu nō e mālama i kou pāʻū no ka hoʻohaumia ʻana iā ʻoe.” | "Go, to-day, and meet Kekalukaluokewa, then return to the uplands, you two, and after your flesh has become defiled come to me; I will take care of you until the pollution is past." |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.3 | E like me ka mea mau o nā kaikamāhine punahele. | Now, this was the custom with a favorite daughter. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.4 | A no kēia haʻohaʻo a Waka, ma ke awakea o ka lua o ka lā o ko Lāʻieikawai lā hui me Halaaniani, hele akula ke kupuna wahine e ʻike i ka pono o kāna moʻopuna. | Because Waka was surprised, at midday of the second day after Laieikawai joined Halaaniani. the grandmother went to look after her grandchild. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.1 | I ke kupuna wahine i hiki aku ai, aia naʻe, ua paʻuhia lāua e ka hiamoe nui, me he mea lā, ua lilo ka pō i manawa makaʻala na lāua e like me ka mea mau i nā mea hou. | When the grandmother came to them, they were both fast asleep, like new lovers, as if the nights were the time for waking. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, i loko o ka wā hiamoe o Lāʻieikawai, i nānā iho ka hana o ke kupuna wahine, he kāne ʻē kēia a ka moʻopuna e moe pū ana; ka mea a ke kupuna wahine i ʻae ʻole ai. | As Laieikawai lay asleep, her grandmother looked and saw that the man sleeping with her grandchild was not the one she had chosen for her. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau i kuʻu manaʻo paʻa iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole wau e ʻike hou i kou maka, e kuʻu moʻopuna, ma kēia hope aku a hiki i kuʻu lā make, no ka mea, ua pale ʻoe i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo. | Therefore, I give you my oath never to see your face again, my grandchild, from this time until I die, for you have disobeyed me. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.4 | Kainoa wau e ʻāhaʻi nei iā ʻoe ma kahi nalo, e nānā mai ana ʻoe iaʻu. | I thought to hide you away until you could care for me. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.5 | No laila, e noho ʻoe me ko kāne ma muli o ko wahine maikaʻi. | But now, live with your husband for the future; keep your beauty, |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.3 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o kēia manawa, hoʻomākaukau aʻela ʻo Waka e hana i hale hou i like me ka hale i hana ʻia no Lāʻieikawai. | After this Waka made ready to build another house like that she had built for Laieikawai. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.1 | A mākaukau ka hale, iho akula ʻo Waka e hālāwai kino me Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, ua mokumokuāhua kona manawa i ke aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | When the house was ready, Waka went herself to meet Kekalukaluokewa in person, for her heart yearned with love for Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo Waka ma kahi o Kekalukaluokēwā, hopu akula ma nā wāwae me ka naʻau kaumaha, a ʻōlelo akula, “He nui kuʻu kaumaha a me kuʻu aloha iā ʻoe, e ke Aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻupu aku wau i kaʻu moʻopuna ʻo ʻoe ke kāne e ola ai kēia mau iwi. | When Waka reached Kekalukaluokewa's place, she clasped his feet and said, with sorrowful heart: "Great is my grief and my love for you, O chief, for I desired you for my grandchild as the man to save these bones. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.4 | I ʻike mai nei ka hana i kaʻu moʻopuna, e moe mai ana me Halaaniani, ka mea a koʻu naʻau i makemake ʻole ai. | I saw her sleeping with Halaaniani, not the man I had chosen for her. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.5 | No laila, i hele mai nei au e noi aku iā ʻoe, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i waʻa noʻu a me nā kānaka pū mai, e kiʻi wau i ka hānai a Kapūkaʻihaoa, iā Lāʻielohelohe. | Therefore, I come to beseech you to give me a canoe and men also, and I will go and get the foster child of Kapukaihaoa, Laielohelohe, |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.5 sent.2 | E nānā naʻe ʻoe a i kū ka pūnohu i ka moana, a laila, manaʻo aʻe ʻoe ua hoʻi mai wau me ko wahine. | Keep watch, and if the mist rises on the ocean, then you will know that I am returning with your wife, |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.5 sent.3 | A laila, hoʻomalu ʻoe iā ʻoe a hiki i ko ʻolua lā e hoʻāo ai.” | then purify yourself for two days before the marriage." |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.6 sent.2 | Nānā akula nō ʻo Waka, e piʻo mai ana nō ke ānuenue i uka o Wahiawā. | and Waka saw the rainbow arching up at Wahiawa. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.4 | A he aha kaʻu e hana aku ai iā ʻoe?” | What can I do for you?" |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.5 | ʻŌlelo mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Ua pono ka puaʻa, no laila, ke hoʻokuʻu aku nei wau i kaʻu hānai nāu e mālama. | Said Kapukaihaoa, "The pig is well, therefore I give you my foster child to care for, |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.4 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole i kaumaha kona manaʻo no Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ua manaʻo nō he pōmaikaʻi e ili mai ana ma luna ona. | But he did not sorrow for Laielohelohe, thinking how good fortune had come to her. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.7 sent.2 | Hoʻomākaukau aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā ia iho no ka hiki aku o Lāʻielohelohe, me ka manaʻo, e ʻike mua ana lāua i ka lā e puka aku ai. | Kekalukaluokewa prepared for Laielohelohe's arrival, expecting to see her first at that time. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.8 sent.1 | Ma ka ʻauinalā, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula nā waʻa, ʻākoakoa aʻela nā kānaka a pau ma ke awa pae waʻa e ʻike i ke aliʻi, i ka manaʻo, e puka aku ana a hālāwai me ke kāne. | In the afternoon, when the double canoes came in sight, all the people crowded to the landing place to see the chief, thinking she would come ashore and meet her husband. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.2 sent.2 | Iho maila ʻo ia e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā no ka hoʻāo o nā aliʻi. | Then she came down with Kekalukaluokewa for the marriage of the chiefs. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Waka i hiki aku ai ma ko Kekalukaluokēwā wahi, ʻōlelo akula, “Ua hiki mai ko wahine, no laila, e hoʻomākaukau ʻoe i kanahā lā. | Then Waka came to Kekalukaluokewa and .said, "Your wife has come, so prepare yourself in forty days; |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.3 sent.2 | E kuahaua aku i nā mea a pau e ʻākoakoa mai ma ko ʻolua wahi e hui ai. | summon all the people to assemble at the place where you two shall meet; |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.3 sent.3 | E hana i pāpaʻi kilu, ma laila e hoʻohilahila aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, i ʻike ai ʻo ia i ka ʻino o kāna hana.” | make a kilu, shelter; there disgrace Laieikawai, that she may see what wrong she has done. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe i lawe aku ai ʻo Waka i ka mana ma luna o Lāʻieikawai, a laila, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea e pono ai ko lākou noho ʻana, a hoʻoholo aʻela ua mau kaikamāhine nei i kā lākou ʻōlelo e pane aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai. | At the time when Waka took away her supernatural protection from Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua's sisters took counsel as to what they had better do; and they agreed upon what they should say to Laieikawai. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.2 | Hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a haʻi akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ī aku, “Ua kūkākūkā mākou, kou mau kiaʻi kino, i ka manawa e pono ana ko ʻolua noho ʻana me ko kupuna wahine, a ua lawe aku nei kēlā i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia maiā ʻoe aku. | Kahalaomapuana came to Laieikawai, and she said: "We became your bodyguard while Waka still protected you; now she has removed her guardianship and left you. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.3 | No laila, e like me ko kākou hoʻohiki ʻana ma mua, 'No kekahi o kākou ka pilikia, ma laila pū kākou a pau,' no laila, ua loaʻa iho nei iā ʻoe ka pilikia, no kākou pū ia pilikia. | Therefore, as we agreed in former days , 'Adversity to one is adversity to all;' now that you are in trouble, we will share your trouble. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.4 | No laila, ʻaʻole mākou e haʻalele iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e haʻalele iā mākou a hiki i ko kākou make ʻana. | As we will not forsake you, so do not you forsake us until our death; |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāʻule ihola nā kulu waimaka no ke aloha i kona mau hoa kūkā, me ka ʻī aku, “Kuhi au e haʻalele ana ʻoukou iaʻu i ka lawe ʻia ʻana o ka pōmaikaʻi mai o kākou aku, ʻaʻole kā! | When Laieikawai heard these words her tears fell for love of her comrades, and she said, "I supposed you would forsake me when fortune was taken from me; not so! |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.3 | A, i loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi iaʻu ma kēia hope aku, a laila, e hoʻolilo nō wau iā ʻoukou a pau i mau mea nui ma luna oʻu.” | Should fortune come to me hereafter, then I will place you far above myself." |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.6 sent.2 | I hele aku i waho, i ia manawa, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā Lāʻielohelohe e puka aʻe ana mai loko aʻe o kona hale kapu. | and went outside the house, he saw Laielohelohe going out of her taboo house. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.6 sent.4 | Hoʻi akula ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ʻino no kēlā kaikamahine, me ka manaʻo e kiʻi e hoʻohaumia. | He returned with his mind fixed upon doing a mischief to the girl, determined to get her and pollute her. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.7 sent.1 | I ia lā nō, iā lāua e noho pono ana me Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Halaaniani e kiʻi e hoʻohaumia iā Lāʻielohelohe. | As he was at that time living on good terms with Laieikawai, [Halaaniani was thinking of a way to get and pollute Laielohelohe.] |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.7 sent.2 | No laila, ʻimi ihola ʻo Halaaniani i hewa no Lāʻieikawai i mea hoʻi e kaʻawale ai lāua, a laila, kiʻi aku i kāna mea e manaʻo nei. | Halaaniani sought some pretext for parting from Laieikawai in order to carry out his purpose. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.1 sent.1 | I ka pō iho, ʻōlelo hoʻowalewale akula ʻo Halaaniani iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻī aku, “Iā kāua e noho nei i uka nei, mai ko kāua noho ʻana i uka nei a hiki i kēia manawa, ʻaʻole he pau o koʻu leʻaleʻa i ka heʻe nalu. | That night Halaaniani deceived Laieikawai, saying, "Ever since we have lived up here, my delight in surf riding has never ceased; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.1 | A hala akula lāua a hiki i kahi e kokoke aku ana i Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo Halaaniani e hana i ke kalohe iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E iho mua aku ʻoe o kāua a hiki i kai. | They departed and came to a place just above Keaau; then Halaaniani began to make trouble for Laieikawai, saying, "You go ahead to the coast |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.2 | E piʻi aʻe au e ʻike i ko kaikoʻeke (Maliʻo), a hoʻi mai wau. | and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, Malio, and return. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.4 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kāna kāne, ʻauʻa aku ka wahine, a i ʻole, e piʻi pū nō lāua. | This proposal of her husband's did not please the wife, and she proposed their going up together, |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.3 | “He ʻumikumamākahi lā e kali ai” kona mau hoa iā ia, a i “hoʻi ʻole aku” i nā lā i kauoha ʻia e like me kā kākou kamaʻilio ʻana aʻe nei ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamālua, a laila, maopopo, ua pono ʻole. | "Wait for me ten days, and should I not return," she had bidden them as told in Chapter XXII; so clearly she was in trouble. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.4 | A no ka hala ʻana o ka manawa a Lāʻieikawai i kauoha ai i kona mau hoa, no laila, ala aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ke kakahiaka nui o ka ʻumikumamālua o ka lā, iho akula e ʻike i ka pono o ko lākou hoa. | And the time having passed which Laieikawai charged her companions to wait, Aiwohikupua's sisters awoke early in the morning of the twelfth day and went to look after their comrade. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki lākou ma Keaʻau, iā lākou e kokoke aku ana e hiki, ʻike mua maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, paʻiāuma maila me ka uē. | They went to Keaau, and as they approached and Laieikawai spied her counsellors she poured out her grief with wailing. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, he mea haʻohaʻo naʻe ia i kona mau hoa ka uē ʻana, a ua akāka kāna kauoha “ua pono ʻole lāua” ma ka uē ʻana a Lāʻieikawai a me nā helehelena o ka pōʻino, no ka mea, aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kukuli ana i ka honua, a ʻo kekahi lima, ua peʻa aʻela ma ke kua, a ʻo kekahi lima, aia ma ka lae, a uē helu akula ʻo ia penei: | Now her counsellors marveled at her wailing and remembered her saying "some evil has befallen"; at her wailing and at her gestures of distress, for Laieikawai was kneeling on the ground with one hand clapped across her back and the other at her forehead, and she wailed aloud as follows: |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.3 sent.2 | A pau kā lākou pihe uē, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “He mea kupanaha, iā kākou e uē nei, ʻo ka hāmama wale iho nō kā koʻu waha, ʻaʻole a kahe mai o ka waimaka, ʻo ke kaea pū wale aʻela nō ia, me he mea lā, i pania mai ka waimaka.” | After their lament, said Kahalaomapuana, "This is a strange way to cry; you open your mouth wide, but no tears run; you seem to be dried up, as if the tears were shut off." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua make, no ka mea, iā māua nō i iho mai ai a ma uka aʻe nei lā, ʻo ka hiki mai nō hoʻi ia i kai nei, ʻōlelo mai nō kēlā iaʻu, 'E iho ʻē ʻoe ma mua, e piʻi aʻe au e ʻike i ko kaikoʻeke. | Said Laieikawai, "He is dead, for on the way down, just above here, he said, 'You go ahead and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.2 | E kali naʻe ʻoe iaʻu a i pō kēia lā, a ao ka pō, a pō hou ua lā, a laila, ua make au.' | and if you wait for me until day follows night and night day and day again that night, then I am dead,' |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.5 | ʻO ia wau i noho iho nei a hiki wale mai nei ʻoukou lā e uē aku ana wau.” | here I stayed until you came and found me wailing." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.6 | Iā Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka iho ai e hoʻokau hiamoe, kū ana nō ʻo Halaaniani me ka wahine hou, a hikilele aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai; he moeʻuhane kā! | Just as sleep came to her Halaaniani stood before her with another woman, and Laieikawai started up, and it was only a dream! |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.1 sent.2 | E kamaʻilio ana nō lākou no kēlā moe, i ia manawa, puoho maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a haʻi maila i kāna moe. | As they were talking about it Laieikawai awoke and told her dream. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.1 sent.3 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi, “ʻO kā mākou nō hoʻi ia e kamaʻilio nei, he moe no Mailehaʻiwale.” | Said Mailelaulii, "We are just talking of Mailehaiwale's dream." |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.2 sent.1 | E hahaʻi ana nō lākou i nā moeʻuhane, puoho maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana mai ka hiamoe mai a nīnau mai i kā lākou mea e kamaʻilio ana. | As they discussed the dreams Kahalaomapuana awoke from sleep and asked what they were talking about. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.4 sent.1 | (Ma kēia wahi, e kamaʻilio kākou no Halaaniani, a ma ʻaneʻi kākou e ʻike ai i kona kalohe launa ʻole.) | (At this place we shall tell of Halaaniani, and here we shall see his clever trickery.) |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.5 sent.1 | Ma kēlā ʻōlelo a Halaaniani iā Lāʻieikawai, e piʻi e hālāwai me Maliʻo, iā lāua i hoʻokaʻawale ai ma hope iho o kā Halaaniani kauoha ʻana iā ia, piʻi akula ʻo ia a hālāwai pū me Maliʻo. | When Halaaniani told Laieikawai he was going up to see Malio, this was in order to get away from her after giving her his commands. The fellow went up and met Malio. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Halaaniani, “I piʻi hou mai nei wau iā ʻoe e hoʻokō mai ʻoe i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, ua ʻike hou au he kaikamahine maikaʻi i like kona helehelena me ko Lāʻieikawai. | Said Halaaniani, "I have come up here to you once more to show you what I desire, for I have again seen a beautiful woman with a face like Laieikawai's. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.7 sent.2 | No laila, ua paʻuhia mai wau e ka makemake nui. | then a great longing took possession of me. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.7 sent.3 | A no koʻu manaʻo ʻo ʻoe nō ka mea nāna e hoʻopōmaikaʻi nei iaʻu ma nā mea aʻu e makemake ai, no laila wau i hiki hou mai nei.” | And because I remembered that you were the one who fulfilled my wishes, therefore I have come up here again." |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.3 | No laila, e hele ʻoe e mākaʻi i ka hale o ua kaikamahine lā me ko ʻike ʻole ʻia mai. | Therefore go and watch the girl's house without being seen |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.4 | I ʻehā lā āu e mākaʻi aku ai, a ʻike ʻoe i kāna hana mau, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe a haʻi mai iaʻu, a laila, naʻu e hoʻouna aku iā ʻoe e hoʻowalewale i ua kaikamahine lā. | for four days, and see what she does; then come back and tell me; then I will send you to seduce the girl. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.5 | ʻAʻole e loaʻa iaʻu ma kuʻu mana, no ka mea, ʻelua lāua.” | I can not do it by my power, for they are two." |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.9 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Maliʻo, hele akula ʻo Halaaniani e hoʻohālua mau ma waho o ko Lāʻielohelohe hale me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia mai, kokoke ʻalua anahulu kona hoʻohālua ʻana, a laila, ʻike ʻo ia i kā Lāʻielohelohe hana, he kui lehua. | At these words of Malio, Halaaniani went to spy outside of Laielohelohe's house without being seen; almost twice ten days he lay in wait; then he saw Laielohelohe stringing lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.9 sent.2 | Hoʻomau pinepine akula ʻo ia a nui nā lā, aia nō ʻo ia e hoʻomau ana i kāna hana he kui lehua. | He came repeatedly many days; there she was stringing lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.1 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani e hālāwai me ke kaikuahine e like me kāna kauoha, a haʻi akula i nā mea āna i ʻike ai no Lāʻielohelohe. | Halaaniani returned to his sister as he had been directed, and told her what he had seen of Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.1 sent.2 | A lohe ʻo Maliʻo i kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ʻo ia i nā mea hiki ke hana ʻia aku no Lāʻielohelohe e kona kaikunāne, me ka ʻī aku iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, a laila, piʻi mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i hele aku ai kāua ma kahi o Lāʻielohelohe.” | When Malio heard the story she told her brother what to do to win Laielohelohe, and said to Halaaniani, "Go now, and in the middle of the night come up here to me, and we two will go to Laielohelohe's place." |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.2 sent.2 | Lālau aʻela kona kaikuahine i ka pū lāʻī, a hele akula me kona kaikunāne a kokoke akula lāua ma kahi a Lāʻielohelohe e kui lehua mau ai. | His sister took a ti-leaf trumpet and went with her brother, and close to the place where Laielohelohe was wont to string lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E piʻi ʻoe ma luna o kekahi lāʻau, ma kahi ou e ʻike aku ana iā Lāʻielohelohe, a ma laila ʻoe e noho ai. | Then Malio said to Halaaniani, "You climb up in the lehua tree where you can see Laielohelohe, and there you stay. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.2 | E hoʻolohe mai ʻoe i ke kani aku a kuʻu pū lāʻī, ʻelima aʻu puhi ʻana. | Listen to me play on the ti-leaf trumpet; when I have blown five times, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.3 | Inā ua ʻike ʻoe e au ana kona maka i kahi i kani aku ai ka pū lāʻī, a laila kā hoʻi, loaʻa iā kāua. | if you see her turn her eyes to the place where the sound comes from, then we shall surely win, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.4 | Akā hoʻi, i ʻāluli ʻole aʻe kona mau maka i kuʻu hoʻokani aku, a laila, ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā kāua i kēia lā.” | but if she does not look toward where I am playing, then we shall not win to-day." |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.4 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, ʻuʻina mai ana kahi a ua ʻo Lāʻielohelohe e kui lehua ai. | As they were speaking there was a crackling in the bushes at the place where Laielohelohe strung lehua blossoms, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.4 sent.2 | I nānā aku ka hana o lāua, ʻo Lāʻielohelohe e haʻihaʻi lehua ana. | and when they looked, there was Laielohelohe breaking lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.6 sent.1 | Kali maila ʻo Maliʻo no ka hoʻi aku o Halaaniani e haʻi aku i kāna mea i ʻike ai. | Malio waited for Halaaniani to return and tell what he had seen, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.2 | Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku, ua haʻi mua aku ʻo Maliʻo i kāna ʻōlelo i kona kaikunāne penei, “E haku ʻoe i lehua, a huihui a lilo i mea hoʻokahi. | Malio had already instructed her brother, as follows: "Take lehua flowers, bind them into a cluster, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.3 | Aia a lohe ʻoe i kuʻu hoʻokani aku i ka hano, ʻo ia kou wā e hoʻokuʻu iho ai i kēlā pōpō lehua i luna pono ona. | when you hear me playing the nose flute, then drop the bunch of flowers right over her; |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.4 | I ia manawa, ʻalawa pono aʻela nā maka o Lāʻielohelohe i luna, me ka ʻōlelo aʻe, “Inā he kāne ʻoe ka mea nāna kēia makana a me kēia hano e kani nei, a laila, naʻu ʻoe. | Then Laielohelohe turned her eyes right upward, saying, "If you are a man who has sent me this gift and this music of the flute, then you are mine; |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Halaaniani i kēia ʻōlelo, he mea manawa ʻole ia noho ʻana i lalo e hui me kona kaikuahine. | When Halaaniani heard this speech, he waited not a moment to descend and join his sister. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.3 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻi kāua a kakahiaka, hiki hou mai kāua i ʻaneʻi. | Said Malio to Halaaniani, "We will go home and early in the morning come here again, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.4 | I ia manawa e lohe maopopo aku ai kāua i kona manaʻo.” | then we shall find out her intentions." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai a noho iho, hiki maila ʻo Lāʻielohelohe ma kona wahi mau e kui lehua ai. | When they had taken their stations, Laielohelohe came as usual to string lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻokani akula ʻo Maliʻo i ka hano iā Lāʻielohelohe e hoʻomaka aku ana e ʻako lehua. | Then Malio sounded the flute, as Laielohelohe began to snip the lehua blossoms, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki, no ka mea, ua lilo loa ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka hoʻolohe i ka mea kani. | and she stopped, for her attention was attracted to the music. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.5 | I ia manawa nō, pane mai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “Inā he wahine ʻoe ka mea nāna kēia hano, a laila, e honi nō kāua.” | Then said Laielohelohe, "If you are a woman who sounds the flute, then let us two kiss." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.2 | I ia wā, hoʻomaka maila kēlā e hoʻokō e like me kāna ʻōlelo mua ma ka honi ʻana o lāua. | Then she started to kiss her. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.3 | A no ka hahai ʻana mai o Lāʻielohelohe e honi me Maliʻo, ʻī aku ʻo Maliʻo, “Alia kāua e honi. | And as the girl was about to give the promised kiss, Malio said, "Let our kiss wait, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.4 | Me kuʻu kaikunāne mua ʻoe e honi aku ai. | first give my brother a kiss; |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “E hoʻi ʻoe a kou kaikunāne. | Then said Laielohelohe, "You and your brother may go away, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.5 sent.3 | E hoʻi ʻolua ma ko ʻolua wahi, mai hele hou mai, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe wale nō kaʻu mea i ʻae aku ai e hāʻawi i koʻu aloha nou ma ko kāua honi ʻana. | you both go back to your own place and do not come here again. For it was only you I promised to greet with a kiss, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.5 sent.5 | Inā e hoʻokō au i kāu noi, a laila, ua kūʻē wau i ka ʻōlelo a koʻu mea nāna e mālama maikaʻi nei.” | should I do as you desire, I should disobey my good guardian's command." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.7 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i ka hale, i ia manawa, kēnā aʻela ʻo ia iā Halaaniani e hele e mākaʻi aku iā Lāʻieikawai. | They went back to the house, then she directed Halaaniani to go and spy upon Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Maliʻo i lohe ai, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo ia i kona kaikunāne, “A hiki i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia ka lā e lilo ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ʻoe.” | When Malio heard it she said to her brother, "On the marriage day of Kekalukaluokewa with Laielohelohe, on that day Laielohelohe shall be yours.'' |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.3 sent.1 | A he mea mau hoʻi i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua ka iho i kai o Keaʻau e hoʻohālua ai no kā lākou kāne, no ka make, a make ʻole paha. | Now Aiwohikupua's sisters were wont to go down to the sea at Keaau to keep watch for their husband, to make sure if he were dead or not. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.4 sent.1 | I ua mau kaikuahine nei o ʻAiwohikupua e iho ana i Keaʻau, lohe lākou, he lā nui no Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻielohelohe. | As Aiwohikupua's sisters were on the way to Keaau, they heard of the festival for Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.1 | I ke kokoke ʻana aku i ua lā nui nei, iho akula ʻo Waka mai Paliuli aku e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā: “ʻApōpō, i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, e kuahaua ʻoe i nā kānaka a pau a me kou aloaliʻi e hele aku ma kahi āu i hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻokahakahaka. | When the great day drew near, Waka went down from Paliuli to meet Kekalukaluokewa, and Waka said to Kekalukaluokewa: "To- morrow at sunrise call together all the people and the chiefs of the household to the place prepared for the celebration; |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.2 | Ma laila e ʻākoakoa ai nā mea a pau. | there let all be assembled. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.3 | I ia manawa e hele aku ʻoe e hōʻike mua iā ʻoe, a kokoke aku i ke awakea, a laila, e hoʻi ʻoe i kou hale. | Then go and show yourself first among them and near midday return to your house |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.4 | Aia a hiki aku ma hope iho o ka ʻauinalā, i ia manawa, e hoʻouhi aku wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, a ma luna hoʻi o kahi e ʻākoakoa ai nā kānaka. | until day declines, then I will send a mist to cover the land, and the place where the people are assembled. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.1 sent.1 | “Aia a hoʻomaka mai ke poʻi ʻana o ka noe ma ka ʻāina, a laila, e kali ʻoe i ia wā a lohe ʻoe i ka leo ʻikuā a nā manu, a haʻalele wale. | "When the mist begins to close down over the land, then wait until you hear the birds singing and they cease; |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.2 sent.1 | “A ma hope o ia manawa, e hoʻopau aku nō wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina. | "And after that I will lift the mist over the land. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, e nānā ʻoe iā uka o Paliuli. | Then you will see up to Paliuli |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.2 sent.3 | I piʻi ka ʻohu a uhi i luna o nā kuahiwi, i ia manawa, e uhi hou ana ka noe e like me ma mua. | where the cloud rises and covers the mountain top, then the mist will fall again as before. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.3 sent.1 | “E kali ʻoe i ia manawa. | "Wait this time |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.3 sent.2 | Inā e lohe ʻoe i ke keʻu a ka ʻalae a me ka leo o ka ʻewaʻewa iki e hoʻonēnē ana, i ia manawa, e puka ʻoe mai ka hale nei aku, a kū ma waho o ke anaina. | until you hear the cry of the alae bird, and the ewaewaiki calling; then come out of the house and stand before the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.4 sent.2 | E kūpinaʻi ana ka leo o nā manu ʻōʻō a haʻalele, a laila, ua mākaukau wau e hoʻouna mai iā Lāʻielohelohe. | and when the oo birds call and cease, then I am prepared to send Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.5 sent.2 | A ma ia hope koke iho o ia manawa, e lohe auaneʻi ʻoe i ka leo o nā kāhuli e ʻikuā ana, i ia manawa e hui ai ʻolua ma ke kaʻawale. | Soon after this, you will hear the land snails singing, then do you two meet apart from the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.1 | “Iā ʻolua e hui ana, hoʻokahi hekili e kuʻi i ia manawa, nākolo ka honua, haʻalulu ka ʻaha a pau, i ia manawa, e hoʻouna aku wau iā ʻolua ma luna o nā manu. | "And when you two meet, a single peal of thunder will crash, the earth tremble, the whole place of assembly shall shake. Then I will send you two on the birds, |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.2 | A mao aʻe ka ʻohu a me ka noe, aia ʻolua e kāu aku ana i luna o nā manu me ko ʻolua nani nui. | the clouds and mist shall rise, and there will be you two resting upon the birds in all your splendor. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa e kū ai ka mākaia o Lāʻieikawai, i ʻike ai ʻo ia i kona hilahila, a holo aku me he pio kauā lā.” | Then comes Laieikawai's disgrace, when she sees her shame and goes off afoot like a captive slave." |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.7 sent.1 | Ma mua iho nei, ua ʻōlelo ʻia, ua hiki aku ʻo Halaaniani i Keaʻau e ʻike i ka pono o kāna wahine (Lāʻieikawai). | Already has Halaaniani's expedition been described to look after his wife Laieikawai at Keaau, |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.8 sent.1 | I kēlā lā a Waka i hiki ai i Keaʻau e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma luna aʻe, ʻo ia nō ka lā a Maliʻo i ʻōlelo aku ai iā Halaaniani e hoʻomākaukau no ka iho e ʻike i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Lāʻielohelohe mā, me ka ʻī aku naʻe o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, “ʻApōpō, i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā, i ia manawa e lilo ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ʻoe. | On the day when Waka went to Keaau to meet Kekalukaluokewa, as we have seen above. On that very day. Malio told Halaaniani to get ready to go down to the festival, saying: "To-morrow, at the marriage celebration of Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe, then Laielohelohe shall be yours. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.8 sent.2 | No lāua auaneʻi ka hekili e kuʻi, a mao aʻe ka ʻohu a me ka noe, a laila, e ʻike auaneʻi ka ʻaha a pau, ʻo ʻoe a me Lāʻielohelohe ke kau pū mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu.” | For them shall crash the thunder, but when the clouds and mist clear away, then all present at the place of meeting shall behold you and Laielohelohe resting together upon the wings of birds." |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka nui o kekahi lā aʻe, ʻo ia hoʻi ka lā hoʻokahakaha o ua mau aliʻi nei, kiʻi ʻia akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku, a hele maila i mua o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, kona mau kahu nāna e mālama. | Early in the morning of the next day, the day of the chief's marriage celebration, Kihanuilulumoku was summoned into the presence of Aiwohikupua's sisters, the servants who guarded Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.2 | A hiki maila ua moʻo nui nei, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kiʻi ʻia aku nei ʻoe e lawe aʻe ʻoe iā mākou i kai o Keaʻau e nānā mākou i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Kekalukaluokēwā. | When the lizard came, Kahalaomapuana said, "You have been summoned to take us down to the sea at Keaau to see Kekalukaluokewa's wedding feast. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.3 | Aia a hiki i ka ʻauinalā, a ma hope iho o ia manawa, e kiʻi mai ʻoe, a iho aku kākou.” | Be ready to take us down soon after the sun begins to decline." |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.1 sent.1 | I ua moʻo nei i hoʻomaka ai e hele mai i mua o kona mau haku, aia hoʻi, ua uhi paʻa ʻia ka ʻāina i ka noe mai uka o Paliuli a puni ka ʻāina. | And as the lizard started to come into his mistress's presence, lo! the land was veiled thick with mist up there at Paliuli, and all
around, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.1 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole i wikiwiki ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i ka lawe i kona mau haku, no ka mea, ua maopopo nō iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ka manawa e hui ai nā aliʻi. | but Kihanuilulumoku did not hurry to his mistresses, for he knew when the chiefs' meeting was to take place. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.4 sent.1 | A i ke kuʻi ʻana o ka leo o ka hekili, uhi ka ʻohu a me ka noe, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, i nānā akula ka hana o ka ʻaha, aia ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Halaaniani e kau mai ana i luna o nā manu. | And when the voice of the thunder crashed, clouds and mist covered the land, and when it cleared, the place of meeting was to be seen; and there were Laielohelohe and Halaaniani resting upon the birds. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō hoʻi, ʻike ʻia maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua e kau mai ana i luna o ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku, ka moʻo nui o Paliuli. | Then also were seen Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters seated upon the tongue of Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a Kekalukaluokēwā i ʻike aku ai e kau mai ana ʻo Halaaniani me Lāʻielohelohe i luna o nā manu, a laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kona nele iā Lāʻielohelohe. | When Kekalukaluokewa saw Halaaniani and Laielohelohe resting on the birds, he thought he had lost Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, piʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i uka o Paliuli, e haʻi aku i kēia mea iā Waka, a haʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Waka i kēia mau mea, “Ua lilo ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Halaaniani. | So Kekalukaluokewa went up to Paliuli to tell Waka. And Kekalukaluokewa told Waka all these things, saying: "Halaaniani got Laielohelohe; |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Waka, “ʻAʻole e lilo iā ia, akā, e iho aku kāua a kokoke aku wau i ka ʻaha. | Said Waka, "He shall never get her; but let us go down and I will get close to the place of meeting; |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.2 | Inā ua hāʻawi aku ʻo ia i kona ihu e honi aku iā Halaaniani, ka mea aʻu i kauoha aku ai ʻaʻole e lilo i ka mea ʻē aʻe, a iā ʻoe wale nō e laʻa ai ka ihu o kuʻu moʻopuna, a laʻa pū nō hoʻi me kona kino, a laila, ua nele kāua i ka wahine ʻole. | if she has given Halaaniani a kiss, the thing which I forbade her to grant, for to you alone is my grandchild's kiss devoted — if she has defiled herself with him, then we lose the wife, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.3 | A laila, e lawe aku ʻoe iaʻu i ka lua me ko minamina ʻole. | then take me to my grave without pity. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.4 | Akā hoʻi, ua hoʻolohe akula ia i kaʻu kauoha, ʻaʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe. | But if she has harkened to my command not to trust anyone else, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.5 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi e lilo ka leo ma kona pane ʻole aku iā Halaaniani, a laila, ua wahine nō ʻoe. | not even to open her lips to Halaaniani, then she is your wife, |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.1 sent.1 | Iā lāua i kokoke e hiki aku, hoʻouna akula ʻo Waka i ka noe a me ka ʻohu ma luna o ka ʻaha, a ʻike ʻole kekahi i kekahi. | As they approached, Waka sent the clouds and mist over the assembly, and they could not distinguish one from another. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa i hoʻouna aku ai ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā ma luna o nā manu, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka noe, aia hoʻi e kau pū mai ana ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā i luna o nā manu, a laila, ʻuā aʻela ke anaina kanaka a puni ka ʻaha, “Hoʻāo nā aliʻi ē! | Then Waka sent Kekalukaluokewa upon the birds, and when the clouds cleared, lo! Laielohelohe and Kekalukaluokewa sat together upon the birds. Then the congregation shouted all about the place of assembly: "The marriage of the chiefs! |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa, lawe akula ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku iā lākou a noho i uka o ʻOlaʻa, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e hoʻāʻā ʻia i kona hilahila nui no ka ʻōlelo a Waka, a hele pū nō hoʻi me kona mau hoa. | then Kihanuilulumoku bore them back on his tongue to dwell in the uplands of Olaa; thus did Laieikawai begin to burn with shame at Waka's words, and she and her companions went away together. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.1 | A ma ko ke aliʻi kāne manaʻo paʻa e hoʻi nō i Kauaʻi, lawe aʻela ʻo ia i kāna wahine me ko lāua kupuna wahine i Kauaʻi. | And when the chief resolved to return to Kauai, he took his wife and their grandmother to Kauai, |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.3 | A mākaukau lākou e hoʻi, haʻalele lākou iā Keaʻau, hiki mua lākou i Oʻahu nei ma Honouliuli, a lawe aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa me lākou i Kauaʻi. | When they were ready to return, they left Keaau, went first to Honouliuli on Oahu and there took Kapukaihaoa with them to Kauai; |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.5 sent.1 | (Ma kēia wahi, e kamaʻilio kākou no Lāʻieikawai, a me kona loaʻa ʻana i ka makāula, iā Hulumāniani.) | (At this place let us tell of Laieikawai and her meeting with the prophet, Hulumaniani.) |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā ma ʻOlaʻa, e noho ana nō ʻo ia me kona nani. | Laieikawai was at Olaa as beautiful as ever, |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai mai Keaʻau aku, ma hope iho o kona hoʻohilahila ʻana e Waka, a noho ma ʻOlaʻa, i ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea hiki ke hōʻoluʻolu aku i ka naʻau kaumaha o ke aliʻi (Lāʻieikawai) no kona hilahila i ka ʻōlelo kumakaia a Waka. | When Laieikawai returned from Keaau after Waka had disgraced her, and dwelt at Olaa. Then Aiwohikupua's sisters consulted how to comfort the heavy heart of the princess, Laieikawai, for her shame at Waka's reproaches. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.2 | Hele akula lākou a haʻi akula i kā lākou ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i kūkā ai i mua o Lāʻieikawai me ka ʻī aku, “E ke aliʻi wahine o ka laʻi, ua kūkākūkā aʻe nei mākou i mea e hoʻopau ai i kou naʻau kaumaha no kou hoʻohilahila ʻia, akā, ʻaʻole ʻo ʻoe wale kai kaumaha. | They went and told Laieikawai their decision, saying: ''O princess of peace, we have agreed upon something to relieve your burden of shame, for not you alone bear the burden; |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, e ke Aliʻi ē, ke noi aku nei mākou iā ʻoe, e pono nō e hoʻopau ʻia kou naʻau kaumaha, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana iā ʻoe ka pōmaikaʻi ma kēia manawa aku. | "Therefore, princess, we beseech you, best ease your heart of sorrow; good fortune shall be yours hereafter. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.5 | Ua hoʻoholo aʻe nei mākou i pōmaikaʻi like no kākou, ua ʻae aʻe nei ko kākou kaikaina e kiʻi aku iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāne nāu. | We have agreed here to share your fortune; our younger sister has consented to go and get Kaonohiokala for your husband, |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.6 | He keiki aliʻi e noho lā i Keʻalohilani. | the boy chief [living at Kealohilani] |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.2 sent.1 | “Inā e ʻae ʻoe e kiʻi ʻia nō ko kākou kaikunāne, a laila, e loaʻa iā kākou ka hanohano nui i ʻoi aku ma mua o kēia, a e lilo auaneʻi ʻoe i mea kapu ʻihiʻihi loa, me ko launa ʻole mai iā mākou. | "If you will consent to your brother being fetched, then we shall win greater honor than was ours before, and you will become a sacred person of great dignity so that you can not associate with us; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua ʻae nō wau e hoʻopau i koʻu kaumaha hilahila, a hoʻokahi aʻu mea ʻae ʻole, ʻo kuʻu lilo ʻana i wahine na ko kākou kaikunāne, no ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻoukou, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a inā paha e hoʻāo māua, pehea lā wau e ʻike hou ai iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a ʻo ia kaʻu mea minamina loa, ʻo ko kākou launa pū ʻana.” | Said Laieikawai, "Indeed I would consent to ease my burden of shame, only one thing I will not consent to — my becoming your brother's wife; for you say he is a taboo chief, and if we should be united, I should not see you again, so high a chief is he, and this I should regret exceedingly, our friendship together." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.2 sent.2 | E nānā ʻoe i ka ʻōlelo hoʻohilahila a ko kupuna wahine. | consider your grandmother's taunts; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.2 | E pono iā ʻoukou ke mālama pono i ko kākou haku. | your duty is to take good care of our mistress; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.3 | Ma kāna wahi e hele ai, ma laila ʻoukou; nā mea āna a pau e makemake ai, ʻo ia kā ʻoukou a hoʻokō aku. | wherever she goes, there you go, whatever she wishes, that is yours to fulfill; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.4 sent.1 | (Ma kēia wahi, e waiho iki i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mea. | (At this place we will leave off speaking of this journey; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.4 sent.2 | E pono iā kākou e kamaʻilio no Lāʻieikawai a me kona loaʻa ʻana i ka makāula nāna i ʻike mai Kauaʻi mai e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma nā mokuna mua ʻelua o kēia kaʻao). | we must tell about Laieikawai and her meeting with the prophet who followed her from Kauai hither, as related in the first two chapters of this story.) |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.6 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana haʻalele ʻana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, kupu aʻela i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka manaʻo makemake e kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi a puni. | After Kahalaomapuana left her sisters, the desire grew within Laieikawai's mind to travel around Hawaii. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.6 sent.2 | A no kēia manaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻokō akula kona mau hoa i ko ke aliʻi makemake, a hele akula e kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi. | So her companions carried out the chief's wish and they set out to travel around about Hawaii. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.7 sent.1 | Ma kēia huakaʻi kaʻapuni a ke aliʻi, ma Kaʻū mua, ma Kona, a hiki lākou ma Kaiʻōpae i Kohala, ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau mai Kawaihae mai, ʻaneʻane ʻelima mile ka lōʻihi mai Kawaihae aʻe, ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā, no ka mea, ua makemake ihola ke aliʻi wahine e hōʻoluʻolu ma laila. | On the princess's journey around Hawaii they went first to Kau, then Kona, until they reached Kaiopae in Kohala, on the right-hand side of Kawaihae, about five miles distant; there they stayed several days for the princess to rest. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.4 | No laila, haʻalele kēia iā Hilo, a manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻi loa i Kauaʻi, a hoʻi akula. | So he left Hilo, intending to go all the way back to Kauai, and he set out. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.6 | Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana a hiki ma Waimea i ʻOuli, ʻo ia kā ka makāula ʻike ʻana aku i ka piʻo o ke ānuenue i kai o Kawaihae, a no ka māluhiluhi o ua makāula nei, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i wikiwiki mai e ʻike i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, no laila, hoʻomaha ihola ʻo ia ma laila. | When he reached Waimea, at Ouli, there he saw the rainbow arching over the sea at Kawaihae.
And the seer was so weary he was not quick to recognize the rainbow, but he stayed there, |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.2 sent.1 | I ka makāula i hiki mai ai i Puʻuloa mai Waimea mai, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Moʻolau. | When the seer reached Puuloa from Waimea, he saw the rainbow arching over Moolau; |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.2 sent.3 | Hoʻomau maila ka makāula i kona hele ʻana a hiki i luna pono o Pālalahuakiʻi, a laila, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, me ka hoʻomaopopo i loko ona a ʻike leʻa i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | The seer kept right on up to the summit of Palalahuakii. There he saw the rainbow plainly and recognized it, and knew it was the sign he was seeking. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua e haʻi mai i ke ʻano o kēlā ānuenue āna e ʻike nei, akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa i kona akua ka hoʻokō ʻia o kāna pule. | Then he prayed to his god to interpret the rainbow to him, but his god did not answer his prayer. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ke kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Kaiʻōpae, no ka mea, ua iho aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i laila. | In the early morning, lo! the rainbow arched over the sea at Kaiopae, for Laieikawai had gone back there. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, iho akula ka makāula a hiki i kahi āna e ʻike nei i ke ānuenue, a i ka hoʻokokoke ʻana aku o ua makāula nei, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia iā Lāʻieikawai e kono mau ana i ka lae kahakai. | Then the seer went away to the place where he had seen the rainbow, and. approaching, he saw Laieikawai plainly, strolling, along the sea beach. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.3 | He mea ʻē ka wahine maikaʻi; aia i luna pono o ua kaikamahine nei, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue. | A strange sight the beautiful woman was, and there, directly above the girl, the rainbow bent. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pule akula ka makāula i kona akua e hōʻike mai iā ia i kēia wahine, ʻo kāna mea paha e ʻimi nei, ʻaʻole paha. | Then the seer prayed to his god to show him whether this woman was the one he was seeking or not, |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.7 sent.2 | Hele akula lākou a noho ma Puakea, a no kahi heʻe nalu ma laila, no laila, iā lākou ma laila e mākaʻikaʻi ana i ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, ua nanea loa lākou ma laila. | They came and stayed at Puakea and, because the people of the place were surf riding, gladly remained. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.1 sent.1 | Ma kekahi lā aʻe, ma ke awakea, i ka wā e laʻilaʻi ana ka lā ma luna o ka ʻāina, i ia wā ka makāula i puka aʻe ai mai loko aʻe o ka heiau ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o kāna pule. | The next day at noon, when the sun shone clear over the land, the prophet went outside the temple after his prayer. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.1 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, ʻike akula ʻo ia e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Puakea. | Lo! he saw the rainbow bending over the sea at Puakea, |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, emi hope maila ʻo ia a ma ke kaʻawale, pule hou akula i kona akua e hōʻike mai i kāna mea e ʻimi nei, akā, ʻaʻole nō i loaʻa ka hōʻike ʻana ma ona lā. | So he fell back to a distance to pray again to his god to show him
if this was the one he was seeking, but he got no answer that day; |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.2 sent.2 | A no ka hoʻokō ʻole ʻia o kāna mea e noi nei i kona akua, ʻaneʻane ʻo ia e hoʻohiki ʻino aku i kona akua, akā, hoʻomanawanui nō ʻo ia. | and, because his god did not answer his petition, he almost swore at his god, but still he persevered. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.2 sent.3 | Hoʻopuka loa akula a ma kahi o Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana. | He approached the place where Laieikawai and her sisters were sitting. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.3 sent.1 | He mea pilikia loa i ka makāula ka ʻike ʻana aku iā Lāʻieikawai, a iā lākou ma kahi hoʻokahi, nīnau akula ka makāula iā Lāʻieikawai mā, “He aha kā ʻoukou mea e noho nei ma ʻaneʻi? | The seer was greatly disturbed at seeing Laieikawai, and when he had reached the spot, he asked Laieikawai and her companions, "Why do you sit here? |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.6 sent.1 | “E noho ana mākou ma ʻaneʻi a kali ana i waʻa. | "We are sitting here, waiting for a canoe |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.6 sent.2 | Inā he waʻa e holo ai i Maui, Molokaʻi, Oʻahu a hiki i Kauaʻi, a laila, holo mākou.” | to carry us to Maui, Molokai, Oahu, and to Kauai, then we shall set sail." |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.7 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, ʻī akula ka makāula, “Inā e holo ana ʻoukou i Kauaʻi, a laila, aia iaʻu ka waʻa. | To this the seer replied. "If you are going to Kauai, then here is my canoe, |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “A inā e kau mākou ma ko waʻa, ʻaʻole anei āu hana ʻē aʻe no mākou?” | Said Laieikawai, "If we go on board your canoe, do you require anything of us?"' |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.2 | Mai manaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu ʻōlelo ʻana e kau wale ʻoukou ma luna o kuʻu waʻa, e hoʻohaumia aku ana au iā ʻoukou, akā, ʻo koʻu makemake, e lilo ʻoukou i mau kaikamāhine naʻu, me he mau kaikamāhine ponoʻī lā, i lilo ai ʻoukou i mea nāna e hoʻokaulana i koʻu inoa. | Do not suppose I have asked you on board my canoe in order to defile you; but my wish is to take you all as my daughters; such daughters as you can make my name famous, |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.3 | Aia a lilo ʻoukou i mea e kaulana ai au, a laila, e ola auaneʻi koʻu inoa, 'Nā kaikamāhine a Hulumāniani'. | for my name will live in the saying, 'The daughters of Hulumaniani,' |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.1 | I ia lā a lākou e hiki ai ma Lāʻie, a i ia pō iho nō, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa a me ko lākou makua kāne hoʻokama. | On the day of their arrival at Laie, that night, Laieikawai said to her companions and to her foster father: |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.4 | Ma laila koʻu wahi i hānai ʻia ai e koʻu kupuna wahine. | there I was brought up by my grandmother. |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.2 sent.2 | A no ka ʻike ʻana o ke kahuna nāna i mālama i koʻu kōkoʻolua i ka makāula nāna i ʻike mai mai Kauaʻi mai, no laila, kauoha ai ke kahuna i koʻu kupuna wahine e ʻāhaʻi loa, a ʻo ia koʻu mea i ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai i Paliuli, a hālāwai wale kākou.” | and because the priest who guarded my companion saw the prophet who had come here from Kauai to see us, therefore the priest commanded my grandmother to flee far away: and this was why I was carried away to Paliuli and why we met there." |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea, a laila, hoʻomaopopo leʻa aʻela ka makāula, ʻo ka mea nō kēia āna e ʻimi nei. | When the seer heard this story the seer saw plainly that this was the very one he sought. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.1 sent.2 | Akā hoʻi, i mea e maopopo leʻa ai, naue akula ka makāula ma kahi kaʻawale, a pule akula i kona akua e hōʻoiaʻiʻo mai i ka ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine. | But in order to make sure, the seer withdrew to a distance and prayed to his god lo confirm the girl's story. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.2 sent.1 | A pau kāna pule ʻana, hoʻi maila, a hiamoe ihola, a i loko a kona manawa hiamoe, hiki maila ma o ua makāula nei ke kuhikuhi ma ka hihiʻo mai kona akua mai, me ka ʻōlelo mai, “Ua hiki mai ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai kou makemake, a e kuʻu ai hoʻi ka luhi o kou ʻimi ʻana i ka loa. | After praying he came back and went to sleep, and as he slept the seer received the assurance in a vision from his god, saying, "The time has come to fulfill your wishes, to free you from the weariness of your long search. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.3 sent.1 | “No laila, e ala aʻe ʻoe a e lawe i kāu mea i hoʻomākaukau ai nona. | "Therefore arise and take the offering you have prepared |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.3 sent.2 | E waiho aku i kāu mōhai i mua ona me ka hoʻomaikaʻi mua ma ka inoa o kou akua. | and lay it before her, having blessed her in the name of your god. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.4 sent.2 | E lawe koke aku iā lākou ma kēia pō nō i Kauaʻi, a hoʻonoho i nā pali o Hāʻena i uka o Honopūwaiakua.” | carry them at once to Kauai, this very night, and let them dwell on the cliff's of Haena in the uplands of Honopuwaiakua." |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.5 sent.2 | Ala aʻela ʻo ia, a lālau akula i ka puaʻa a me ka moa, a hahau akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “Pōmaikaʻi wau, e kuʻu Haku, i ka hōʻike ʻana mai a kuʻu akua iā ʻoe, no ka mea, he nui koʻu manawa i ukali aku ai iā ʻoe, me ka manaʻo, e loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi maiā ʻoe mai. | he arose and brought the pig and the cock and held them out to Laieikawai, saying, "Blessed
am I, my mistress, that my god has shown you to me, for long have I followed you to win a blessing from you. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.1 sent.1 | “A no laila, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e ʻae mai e mālama ʻia kēia mau iwi ma kou lokomaikaʻi, e kuʻu Haku, a e waiho pū ʻia ka pōmaikaʻi me kaʻu mau mamo a hiki i kaʻu hanauna hope.” | "And therefore I beseech you to guard these bones under your special favor, my mistress, and to leave this trust to your descendants unto the last generation." |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ka makua, ua hala ke kau o koʻu pōmaikaʻi nui, no ka mea, ua lawe aku ʻo Waka i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia mai oʻu aku nei. | Laieikawai answered, "Father, the time of my prosperity has passed, for Waka has taken her favor from me: |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, ma kēia hope aku, e kali ʻoe a loaʻa iaʻu he pōmaikaʻi ʻoi aku ma mua o ka pōmaikaʻi a me ka hanohano i loaʻa mua iaʻu, a laila, ʻo ʻoe pū kekahi me mākou i hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia.” | but hereafter I shall win honor beyond my former honor and glory; then you shall also rise to prosperity with us." |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea, lawe aʻela ka makāula e like me ke kauoha a kona akua, holo akula i ia pō, a hoʻonoho i kahi i kauoha ʻia. | And after these things the prophet did as his god commanded — sailed that night and dwelt in the place commanded. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.4 sent.1 | I loko o kona lā e hele ana ma kona ʻano makāula, iā ia hoʻi i hiki aku ai i Wailua, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau o Kauaʻi ma o ka poʻe kaukaualiʻi me nā kaikamāhine koʻikoʻi, ma muli naʻe o ka ʻōlelo kuahaua a ʻAiwohikupua, a lawe ʻia mai nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi. | As he traveled in his character as seer he came to Wailua. Lo! all the virgin daughters of Kauai were gathered together, all of the rank of chief with the girls of well-to-do families, at the command of Aiwohikupua to bring the virgins before the chief, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.4 sent.2 | ʻO ka mea a ke aliʻi e leʻaleʻa ai, ʻo ia ka wahine a ke aliʻi (ʻAiwohikupua). | the one who pleased the king to become the wife of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.5 sent.1 | A hiki akula ka makāula i loko o kēlā ʻākoakoa, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine ma kahi hoʻokahi, e kū ana i mua o ke aliʻi. | When the seer came within the crowd. lo! the maidens were assembled in one place before the chief. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.5 sent.3 | A he aha hoʻi ka hana a kēia poʻe kaikamāhine e kū pōʻai nei i mua o ke aliʻi?” | and why are all these maidens standing in a circle before the chief?" |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.6 sent.1 | Haʻi ʻia maila, “Ua kuahaua ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a ʻo ka mea a ʻAiwohikupua e makemake ai, a laila, e lawe ʻo ia ʻelua mau kaikamāhine i mau wāhine nāna, a ʻo lāua nā mea pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | He was told, "All the virgins have been summoned by the chief's command, and the two who please Aiwohikupua, these he will take for his wives in place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.6 sent.2 | A ʻo nā mākua nāna nā kaikamāhine i lawe ʻia i mau wāhine na ke aliʻi, e hōʻaʻahu ʻia ka ʻahuʻula no lāua.” | and their parents are to be clothed in feather cloaks. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū aʻela ua makāula nei, a kāhea akula me ka leo nui i mua o ke aliʻi a me ka ʻaha a pau, “E ke aliʻi, ke ʻike nei au, he mea maikaʻi no ke aliʻi ka lawe ʻana i kekahi o kēia poʻe puʻupaʻa i mea hoʻoleʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi. | Then the seer stood before the chiefs and all the assembly and cried in a loud voice: "O chiefs, it is a wise and good thing for the chief to take whichever one of these virgins pleases him, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.7 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi o kēia poʻe kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa ke pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | but not one of these can fill the loss of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.8 sent.1 | “Inā i nānā iho nei wau i kekahi o kēia poʻe puʻupaʻa, ua ʻano like iki aku ka maikaʻi me ka ʻūhā hema o kaʻu mau kaikamāhine, a laila, e aho lā ia. | "If any one of these virgins here could compare in beauty with the left leg of my daughters, then she would be worth it. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.8 sent.2 | He nani nō kēia poʻe, ʻaʻole naʻe e like aku me kekahi o kaʻu poʻe kaikamāhine.” | These are pretty enough, but not like my daughters." |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.3 sent.1 | “Inā e hele mai ua kaikamahine nei aʻu, a kū i loko o ke kai, he kaikoʻo ma ka moana. | "Should my daughter come hither and stand upon the sea, the ocean would be in tumult; |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.3 sent.2 | Inā e kū ma ka ʻāina, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, ua ka ua, kuʻi ka hekili, ʻōlapa ka uila, ʻōpaʻipaʻi ka mauna, waikahe ka ʻāina, pualena ka moana i ka hele a kuʻu kaikamahine haku.” | if on land, the wind would blow, the sun be darkened, the rain fall, the thunder crash, the lightning flash, the mountain tremble, the land would be flooded, the ocean reddened, at the coming of my daughter and lord." |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.4 sent.3 | No laila, koi ikaika aʻela lākou i ke aliʻi e hoʻopaʻa ʻia i loko o ka hale paehumu (ka hale paʻahao), kahi e hoʻopaʻa ai i ko ke aliʻi poʻe lawehala. | They strongly urged the chief, therefore, to bind him within the
house of detention, the prison house, where the chief's enemies are
wont to be imprisoned. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.4 sent.4 | Ma ka manaʻo paʻa o kona poʻe ʻenemi, hoʻoholo ʻia aʻela ua makāula nei e lawe ʻia i loko o kahi paʻa, a ma laila ʻo ia e noho ai a make. | Through the persistence of his enemies, it was decided to make the seer fast within that place and let him stay there until he died. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.5 sent.1 | Ma ka lā o ua makāula nei e hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai, a ma ia pō iho, ma ka wanaʻao, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua, a ma kona ʻano makāula, ua hiki aku ka leo o kāna pule i mua o kona akua. | On the day of his imprisonment, that night at dawn, he prayed to his god. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.6 sent.1 | I ia kakahiaka, hoʻouna akula ke aliʻi i kona ilāmuku e hele aku e ʻike i ka pono o ua makāula nei ma loko o kahi paʻa o ke aliʻi. | In the morning the chief sent the executioner to go and see how the prophet fared in prison. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki akula ka ilāmuku ma waho o ka hale, kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ka makāula, a kāhea akula ʻo ia me ka leo nui, | When the executioner came to the outside of the prison, he called with a loud voice: |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.6 sent.3 | “E Hulumāniani ē! E Hulumāniani ē! | "O Hulumaniani! O Hulumaniani! |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.6 sent.4 | E ka makāula o ke akua! Pehea ʻoe? | Prophet of God! How are you? |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.8 sent.1 | “E hoʻomākaukau no ka lā e kauila ai ka heiau, a kau aku.” | [make ready for the day of sacrifice and] |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka nui hoʻi o ka lā e kauila ai ka heiau, kiʻi ʻia akula ke kanaka o ka heiau, a i ke komo ʻana aku o nā luna o ke aliʻi, aia hoʻi, ua paʻa i ka wahī ʻia, lawe ʻia akula a waiho ma loko o ka heiau. | In the very early morning of the day of sacrifice at the temple the man was to be brought for sacrifice, and when the head men of the temple entered the prison, lo! the body was tightly wrapped up, and it was brought and laid within the temple. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.2 | A kokoke i ka hola e kau ʻia ai ke kanaka ma ka lele, ʻākoakoa aʻe nā mea a pau a me ke aliʻi pū. | And close to the hour when the man was to be laid upon the altar all the people assembled and the chief with them; |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ke aliʻi i kona mau luna, “E wehe i ke kapa o ke kupapaʻu, a kau aku i luna o ka lele i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona.” | Said the chief to his head men, "Unwrap the tapa from the body and place it upon the altar prepared for it." |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa hoʻi e hoʻokolokolo ʻia ana nā luna o ke aliʻi, hiki maila ua makāula nei me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma luna o ke kaulua, a lana ma waho o ka nuku o ka muliwai. | While the chief's keepers were being examined, the seer arrived with his daughters in a double canoe and floated outside the mouth of the inlet. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.5 sent.1 | I ia wā lākou e kū ana me Lāʻieikawai, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, kaikoʻo ke kai, pualena ka moana, hoʻi ka waikahe o nā kahawai a paʻa i nā kumu wai, ʻaʻole he puka wai i kai. | As they stood there with Laieikawai, the wind blew, the sun was darkened, the sea grew rough, the ocean was reddened, the streams went back and stopped at their sources, no water flowed into the sea. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea i ka hōʻike ʻia, i nānā aku ka hana o ʻAiwohikupua a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, e kū mai ana ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma loko o ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi kapu i luna o nā waʻa. | After all these signs had been displayed, Aiwohikupua and the others saw Laieikawai standing above the canoes under the symbol of a taboo chief. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.6 sent.4 | Kilakila ia e kū maila!” | How stately she stands!" |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.8 sent.1 | A māmā aʻela ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona luna e lawe mai i ka makāula me nā kaikamāhine pū mai, i pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | When the chief recovered he commanded his head man to bring the seer and his daughter to fill the place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.26 p.139 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i ka luna, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ke aliʻi, kuʻu haku hoʻi, e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe, ʻaʻole e lilo kuʻu kaikamahine haku i wahine nāna. | When the seer heard it he said to the head man, "Return and tell the chief, my lord indeed, that my lordly daughter shall never become his wife; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.1 sent.1 | Ma kēia mokuna, e kamaʻilio kākou no ke kiʻi ʻana o Kahalaomāpuana iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāne hoʻopalau na Lāʻieikawai a me kona hoʻi ʻana mai. | In this chapter we will tell how Kahalaomapuana went to get Kaonohiokala, the Eyeball-of-the-Sun, the betrothed husband of Laieikawai, and of her return. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai, ʻaʻole lāua i ʻike iā Mokukelekahiki, ke kiaʻi nāna e mālama ko Kaʻōnohiokalā waiwai, kona kuhina nui hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani. | When they arrived they did not see Mokukelekahiki, the guard who watches over Kaonohiokala's wealth, his chief counsellor in The Shining Heavens; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.4 sent.1 | Hoʻi maila ʻo Mokukelekahiki, e moe ana kēia moʻo i loko ka hale. | Mokukelekahiki returned while the lizard was asleep inside the house; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.2 | I laila ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, ke kupua nui nāna e pani ka puka o ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti, kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā. | there was Kaeloikamalama, the magician, who closes the door of the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti, where Kaonohiokala was hidden. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.1 | I ia hiki ʻana mai o Mokukelekahiki mā ma ka hale, e moe nei ka moʻo. | As Mokukelekahiki and his companion approached the house where the lizard was sleeping, |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku (ka moʻo) iā Kahalaomāpuana, “I hiki mai auaneʻi kēia mau kānaka e lele mai nei i o kāua nei, a laila, e luaʻi aku wau iā ʻoe, a kau ma ka āʻī o Kāʻeloikamalama. | then said Kihanuilulumoku to Kahalaomapuana, "When those men get here who are flying toward us, then I will throw you out and land you on Kaeloikamalama's neck, |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.3 sent.2 | I nānā aku ka hana o ua moʻo nei, e kū mai ana ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama me ka lāʻau pālau, ʻo Kapahiʻelihonua ka inoa, he iwakālua anana ka loa, ʻehā kanaka nāna e apo puni. | When the lizard looked, there stood Kaeloikamalama with the digging spade called Kapahaelihonua, [The Knife-that-cuts-the- earth,] twenty fathoms its length, four men to span it. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.3 sent.3 | Manaʻo ihola ka moʻo “he luku kēia,” aia naʻe, e ʻōniu ana ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama i ka lāʻau pālau i ka wēlau o kona lima. | Thought the lizard, "A slaughterer this." There was Kaeloikamalama swinging the digging spade in his fingers. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.4 sent.2 | Ma ia wā, kau maila ka weli iā Kāʻeloikamalama mā, hoʻomaka lāua e holo mai ke alo aku o ua moʻo nei. | Then fear fell upon Kaeloikamalama and his companion, and they started lo run away from before the face of the lizard. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “Na Mokukelekahiki, na Kāʻeloikamalama, nā kupua nāna e mālama ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "The child of Mokukelekahiki, of Kaeloikamalama, of the magicians who guard the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti." |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.1 sent.3 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “E hele kāua a loaʻa ke alanui, a laila, piʻi aku ʻoe.” | Said Kaeloikamalama, "We will show you the road, then you shall ascend." |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.2 sent.1 | Hele akula lāua, hoʻokahi anahulu, hiki i kahi e piʻi ai, kāhea akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “E ka Lanalananuiʻaimakua ē! | For ten days they journeyed before they reached the place to go up; Kaeloikamalama called out, "O Lanalananuiaimakua! Great ancestral spider. |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, aʻoaʻo akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “Eia ko alanui i piʻi auaneʻi ʻoe i hiki i luna, a i ʻike ʻoe hoʻokahi hale e kū ana i loko o ka mahina, aia i laila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele. | Then Kaeloikamalama instructed her, saying, "Here is your way, ascend to the top, and you will see a house standing alone in a garden patch; there is Moanalihaikawaokele; |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.1 | “I nānā aku auaneʻi ʻoe, ka ʻelemakule e loloa ana ka lauoho, ua hina ke poʻo, ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele nō ia. | "When you see an old man with long gray hair, that is Moanalihaikawaokele; |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.2 | Inā e noho ana i luna, mai wikiwiki aku ʻoe o ʻike ʻē mai auaneʻi kēlā iā ʻoe, make ʻē ʻoe. | if he is sitting up, don't be hasty; should he spy you first, you will die, |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.3 | ʻAʻole e lohe i kāu ʻōlelo, kuhi auaneʻi iā ʻoe he mea ʻē. | he will not listen to you, he will take you for another. |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.7 sent.1 | “Kali aku ʻoe a moe, e huli ana ke alo i lalo, ʻaʻole i moe, akā, i nānā aku ʻoe a i huli ke alo i luna, ua moe kā hoʻi, a laila, hele aku ʻoe. | "Wait until he is asleep; should be turn his face down he is not asleep, but when you see him with the face turned up, he is really asleep; |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.7 sent.4 | “E Moanalihaikawaokele ē! | "O Moanalihaikawaokele — O! |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.10 sent.1 | E ala! E ala mai ʻoe!” | Awake! Arise! |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.1 sent.1 | Pēlā auaneʻi ʻoe e hea iho ai, a inā e nīnau mai kēlā iā ʻoe, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe i kāu huakaʻi i hele mai ai.” | "So you must call to him, and if he questions you, then tell him about your journey here. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.4 | Kokoke ʻoe e puka i luna, piʻi nō ʻoe, a i ʻō mai auaneʻi ke kukuna o ka lā, a i keʻehi ka wela iā ʻoe, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | you are almost to the top; keep on up, and if the sun's rays pierce and the heat strikes you, do not fear when you feel the sun's hot breath; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.5 | I ia manawa, ake akula kēia e komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a ma ke ahiahi, hiki akula ʻo ia i ka malu o ka mahina, manaʻo aʻela kēia, ua komo i ka ʻāina i kapa ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea. | Then she longed to reach the shadow of the moon, and at evening she came into the shadow of the moon; she knew then that she had entered the land called Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.4 sent.1 | ʻIke akula ʻo ia i kēia hale nui e kū ana, ua pō ihola, hele akula ʻo ia ma ka lulu, aia nō e ala mai ana ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele. | She saw the big house standing, it was then night. She approached to the leeward; lo! Moanalihaikawaokele was still awake; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.4 sent.2 | Hoʻi maila ʻo ia a ma kahi kaʻawale, e kali ana no ka moe iho e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kāʻeloikamalama. | she waited at a distance for him to go to sleep, as Kaeloikamalama had instructed her. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.5 sent.2 | Holokikī akula kēia a paʻa ma ka ʻumiʻumi o ka makua kāne, kāhea ihola e like me ke aʻoaʻo ʻana a Kāʻeloikamalama i hōʻike ʻia ma luna. | she ran quickly and seized her father's beard and called to him in the words taught her by Kaeloikamalama, as shown above. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.6 sent.1 | Ala aʻela ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, ua paʻa kahi e ikaika ai, ʻo ka ʻumiʻumi. | Moanalihaikawaokele awoke; his beard, the place where his strength lay, was held last; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.6 sent.2 | Kūpaka aʻela, ʻaʻole e hiki, ua paʻa loa ka ʻumiʻumi iā Kahalaomāpuana. | he struggled to free himself; Kahalaomapuana held the beard tight; |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.3 sent.1 | “ʻImi ʻo wai ka lani e ʻimi ai?” | "To seek what one from the heavens?" |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.1 | Haʻi akula ʻo ia i nā mea a pau i hana ʻia e ko lākou kaikunāne a me kā lākou aikāne, ʻī maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “ʻAʻole naʻu e ʻae aku. | She related all that her brother had done, and their friend. Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "The consent is not mine to give, |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.2 | Na ko makuahine wale nō e ʻae aku, ka mea nāna ke aliʻi. | your mother is the only one to grant it, the one who has charge of the chief; |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.5 | No laila, e kali ʻoe, a hiki i nā lā maʻi o ko makuahine. | "Therefore, wait until the time comes |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.1 | Kakali ihola lāua ʻehiku lā, maopopo ihola nā lā e hanawai ai ʻo Laukieleʻula. | They waited seven days; it was Laukieleula's time of uncleanness. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ua kokoke mai ka lā e maʻi ai ko makuahine, no laila, ma kēia pō, e hele mua ʻoe ma ka hale peʻa, ma laila ʻoe e moe ai. | Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "It is almost time for your mother to come, so to-night, get to the taboo house first and sleep there; |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.3 | I hiki mai kēlā i kakahiaka, e moe aku ana ʻoe i ka hale, ʻaʻole ona wahi e hele ʻē aku ai, no ka mea, ua haumia. | in the early morning when she comes, you will be sleeping in the house; there is no place for her to go to get away from you, because she is unclean. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.4 | Inā e nīnau iā ʻoe, haʻi pololei aku nō ʻoe e like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu.” | If she questions you, tell her exactly what you have told me." |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.2 | I nānā mai ka hana, e moe ana kēia mea. | when she saw someone sleeping there, |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki i ua ʻo Laukieleʻula ke hoʻokaʻawale iā ia, no ka mea, ua haumia. | she could not go away because she was unclean |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.5 | “ʻO wai ʻoe, e kēia kupu, e kēia kalohe, nāna i komo kuʻu wahi kapu, kahi hiki ʻole i nā mea ʻē aʻe ke komo ma kēia wahi?” | "Who are you, lawless one, mischief-maker, who have entered my taboo house, the place prohibited to any other?" |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.3 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ka makuahine, “Auē!!! E kuʻu Haku, e hoʻi ʻoe me ko makua kāne. | Said the mother, "Alas! my ruler, return to your father. |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.3 sent.2 | ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu ke ʻike iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua hiki mai kuʻu mau lā haumia. | I can not see you, for my days of uncleanness have come; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.3 sent.3 | Aia a pau kuʻu haumia ʻana, e launa nō kāua no ka manawa pōkole a hele aku.” | when they are ended, we will visit together a little, then go." |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ke kaikamahine, “ʻŌlelo mai nei iaʻu e hoʻi mai me ʻoe a pau ka manawa haumia, a laila, hele mai e ʻike iaʻu.” | The daughter said, "She told me to return to you until her days of uncleanness were ended, then she would come to see me." |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.1 | Noho ihola lāua ʻekolu lā, kokoke i ka wā e pau ai ka haumia o Laukieleʻula, ʻōlelo aku ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kaikamahine, “O hele, no ka mea, ua kokoke mai ka wā mau o ko makuahine. | Three days the two stayed there; close to the time when Laukieleula's uncleanness would end, Moanalihaikawaokele said to his daughter, "Come! for your mother's days are almost ended; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.2 | Hele nō ʻoe i kakahiaka nui pōʻeleʻele o ka lā ʻapōpō a noho ma ka luawai, kahi āna e hoʻomaʻemaʻe ai iā ia. | to- morrow, early in the morning before daylight, go and sit by the water hole where she washes herself; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.1 | “Inā i uē ʻolua, a i pau ka uē ʻana a i nīnau mai iā ʻoe i ke kapa ona aʻu i lawe mai ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, aia iā ʻoe, a e hilahila kēlā me ka menemene iā ʻoe i ko haumia ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole āna mea nui ʻē aʻe e uku mai ai no kou haumia i kona kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia i kona maʻi. | "If you two weep and cease weeping and she asks you if I have taken her clothes, then tell her you have them, and she will be ashamed and shrink from you because she has defiled you; then she will have nothing great enough to recompense you for your defilement, |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki i ka manawa a ka makua kāne i ʻōlelo ai, ala aʻela ke kaikamahine i kakahiaka nui pōʻeleʻele, a hele akula e like me ke kauoha a kona makua kāne. | At the time the father had said, the daughter arose very early in the morning before daylight, and went as her father had directed. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.1 | “E Moanalihaikawaokele, ʻo kuʻu kapa i haumia, hō mai. | "O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted clothes, |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.2 | E lawe aʻe au e hoʻomaʻemaʻe i ka wai.” | let me take them to wash in the water." |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.5 | Kiʻei akula kēia i loko o ka hale, e moe ana ʻo Kahalaomāpuana; ua pūloʻu iho i ke kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻole ʻia. | she peeped into the house where Kahalaomapuana lay sleeping, her head (covered with a clean piece of tapa. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.6 | Kāhea ihola, “E Moanalihaikawaokele, hō mai kuʻu kapa i haumia i kuʻu maʻi. | She called, "O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted skirt; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.7 | E lawe aʻe au e hoʻomaʻemaʻe i ka wai.” | let me take it to wash in the water." |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, puoho aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, me he mea lā ua hiamoe, me ka ʻī aku i ka makuahine, “E kuʻu Haku makuahine, ua hele aku nei kēlā. | Then Kahalaomapuana started up as if she had been asleep and said to her mother, "My mother and ruler, he has gone; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.6 sent.1 | “Auē! E kuʻu Haku, he nui kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe i kou mālama ʻana i ke kapa i haumia iaʻu, a he aha lā auaneʻi ka uku o kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe, e kuʻu Haku?” | "Alas! my ruler. I shrink with fear of evil for you, because you have guarded my skirt that was polluted; what recompense is there for the evil I fear for you, my ruler? " |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.1 | “I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne i kāne na ke aikāne a mākou, ke aliʻi wahine o Hawaiʻinuiākea, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea nāna i mālama iā mākou i loko o ko mākou haʻalele ʻia ʻana e ko mākou kaikunāne aloha ʻole. | "I come to get my older brother for a husband for our friend, the princess of the great broad land of Hawaii, Laieikawai, our protector when we were lovelessly deserted by our older brother; |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole a mākou uku e uku aku ai no ka mālama ʻana a ke aliʻi iā mākou, a no ia mea, e ʻae mai ʻoe e iho aʻe au me kuʻu kaikunāne lani i lalo, a lawe mai iā Lāʻieikawai i luna nei.” | we have no way to repay the princess for her protection; and for this reason permit me and my princely brother to go down below and bring Laieikawai up here." |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.2 | Inā nō lā hoʻi he mea ʻē ka mea nāna i kiʻi mai nei, inā nō lā hoʻi ʻaʻole wau e ʻae aku. | "If anyone else had come to get him, I would not have consented; |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.3 | ʻO ko kiʻi paka ʻana mai nei, ʻaʻole au e ʻauʻa aku. | since you come in person, I will not keep him back. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.4 | ʻO ia hoʻi, ua ʻōlelo nō ko kaikunāne, ʻo ʻoe hoʻokahi nō kāna mea i ʻoi aku ke aloha a me ka manaʻo nui, a no laila, e piʻi kāua e ʻike i ko kaikunāne. | "Indeed, your brother has said that you are the one he loves
best and thinks the most of; so let us go up and see your brother. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.3 sent.1 | “No laila, e kali ʻoe pēlā. | "Now you wait here; |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.3 sent.2 | E hea aʻe au i ke kahu manu o ʻolua, a nāna kāua e lawe aku a komo i ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti.” | let me call the bird guardian of you two, who will bear us to the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti." |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.4 sent.2 | “E Haluluikekihiokamalama ē, | O Halulu at the edge of the light, |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.4 sent.3 | Ka manu nāna e pani ka lā, | The bird who covers the sun, |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.4 sent.5 | Ka manu nāna e ālai ka ua, | The bird who stops the rain, |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.5 sent.9 | Nā kupu nāna e pani ka peʻa kapu o kūkulu o Tahiti, Eia lā he lani hou, he kama nāu, | The lawless ones who close the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti, Here is one from the heavens, a child of yours. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.6 sent.2 | Ma ia wā, kau akula ʻo Laukieleʻula me Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ka ʻēheu o ua manu nei, ʻo ka lele akula nō ia a hiki iā Awakea, ka mea nāna e wehe ke pani o ka lā, kahi i noho ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā. | then Laukieleula and Kahalaomapuana rested upon the bird's wings and it flew and came to Awakea, the Noonday, the one who opens the door of the sun where Kaonohiokala lived. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa a lāua i hiki aku ai, ua pani ʻia akula ko ke aliʻi wahi e nā ao hekili. | At the time they arrived, the entrance to the chief's house was blocked by thunderclouds. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.2 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, ʻike ʻia akula ke aliʻi e moe mai ana i ka ʻōnohi pono o ka lā, i ka puokooko hoʻi o ka wela loa, no laila i kapa ʻia ai ka inoa o ke aliʻi ma muli o ia ʻano (Kaʻōnohiokalā). | lo! the chief appeared sleeping right in the eye of the sun in the fire of its intensest heat, so he was named after this custom The Eye of the Sun. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.4 | Kāhea akula ʻo Laukieleʻula, “E kuʻu Lani, eia ko kuahine, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ka mea āu e aloha nui nei. | Laukieleula cried out, "O my heavenly one, here is your sister, Kahalaomapuana, the one you love best, |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe o Kaʻōnohiokalā, ala maila mai kona hiamoe ʻana, ʻalawa aʻela kēlā iā Laukieleʻula e hea aku i nā kiaʻi o ka malu, kāhea aʻela: | When Kaonohiokala heard he awoke from sleep and signed with his eyes to Laukieleula to call the guards of the shade. She called: |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.4 sent.2 | “E ka Mahinanuikōnane, | O big bright moon, |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.4 sent.3 | E Kaʻohukolokaialea, | O moving cloud of Kaialea, |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.8 sent.2 | A laila, haʻi akula kēlā e like me kāna ʻōlelo i ka makuahine. | Then she told him the same thing she had told the mother. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.9 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāliu akula ʻo ia i ko lāua makuahine, me ka nīnau aku, “E Laukieleʻula, ua ʻae anei ʻoe iaʻu e kiʻi i ka mea a ia nei e ʻōlelo mai nei i wahine naʻu?” | When the chief heard these things, he turned to their mother and asked, "Laukieleula, do you consent to my going to get the one whom she speaks of for my wife?" |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.10 sent.1 | “Ua hāʻawi mua wau iā ʻoe, ua lilo, e like me kāna noi iaʻu. | "I have already given you, as she requested me; |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.10 sent.2 | Inā ʻo kekahi o lākou kai kiʻi mai nei, inā ʻaʻole e hiki mai i o kāua nei; i lalo akula nō hoʻi. | if anyone else had brought her to get you, if she had not come to us two, she might have stayed below; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.3 | ʻO kēia wahine nō aʻu i kiʻi mai nei iā ʻoe, i ka huakaʻi mua ʻana i kiʻi ai i ua wahine nei, hoʻi hou aʻe iā mākou, hele nō mākou a hiki i kahi o ua wahine nei, ke aliʻi wahine aʻu e ʻōlelo nei. | with this woman whom I am come to get you for. When he first went to woo this woman he came back again after us; we went with him and came to the woman's house, the princess of
whom I speak. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Kahalaomāpuana, “E hoʻi ʻoe me ou kaikuaʻana a me ke aikāne aliʻi a ʻoukou, kuʻu wahine hoʻi, kali mai ʻoukou. | Then he said to Kahalaomapuana, "Return to your sisters and to your friend, the princess; my wife she shall be; wait, |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.5 | Inā e pā ka makani a hoʻokahi anahulu, mālie, i kuʻi pāloʻo ka hekili, aia wau i Kahakaekaea. | when the wind whips the air and for ten days lies calm, when thunder peals without rain, then I am at Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.1 | “Ma ia hope iho, hoʻolohe mai ʻoukou, a i kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, kū ka pūnohu i ka moana, hoʻokahi malama e poʻi ai ka ʻino a mao aʻe, aia wau ma ke kua o nā mauna i ka wā mōlehulehu o ke kakahiaka. | "After this, hearken, and when the thunder rolls, the rain pours down, the ocean swells, the land is flooded, the lightning flashes, a mist overhangs, a rainbow arches, a colored cloud rises on the ocean, for one month bad weather closes down, when the storm clears, there I am behind the mountain in the shadow of the dawn. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.2 | Kali mai ʻoukou a i puka aku ka lā, a haʻalele iho i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aʻe ai ʻoukou iaʻu. | "Wait here and at daybreak, when I leave the summit of the mountain, then you shall see me |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.3 | E noho ana wau i loko o ka lā, i waena o ka luakālai i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ʻōnohi aliʻi. | sitting within the sun in the center of its ring of light, encircled by the rainbow of a chief. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole naʻe kākou e hālāwai i ia manawa. | "Still we shall not yet meet; |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.2 | Aia ko kākou hālāwai i ka ʻehu ahiahi, ma ka puka ʻana mai o ka mahina i ka pō i o Māhealani, a laila e hui ai au me kuʻu wahine. | our meeting shall be in the dusk of evening, when the moon rises on the night of full moon; then I will meet my wife. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.3 | Aia a hoʻāo māua, a laila, e hoʻomaka wau i ka luku ma luna o ka ʻāina no ka poʻe i hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou. | "After our marriage, then I will bring destruction over the earth upon those who have done you wrong. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, e lawe aku ʻoe i ka hōʻailona o Lāʻieikawai, he ānuenue, ʻo kuʻu wahine ia.” | "Therefore, take a sign for Laieikawai, a rainbow; thus shall I know my wife." |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.2 sent.2 | Komo aʻela ʻo ia i loko o Kihanuilūlūmoku, ʻau akula ma ka moana e like me nā lā o ka hele ʻana aku, pēlā nō ka lōʻihi o ka hoʻi ʻana mai. | She entered into Kihanuilulumoku and swam over the ocean; as many days as they were in going, so many were they in returning. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.6 | Hanu aʻela i nā mauna, aia hoʻi, e noho ana i Honopūwaiakua. | sniffed inland; there they were, living at Honopuwaiakua, |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.2 | I loko naʻe o kāna manawa e ʻōlelo nei no ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻī maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, “E nā hoa, iā Kahalaomāpuana e ʻōlelo nei no Kaʻōnohiokalā, ke kaikunāne o kākou, kuʻu kāne hoʻi, ke kau ʻē mai nei iaʻu ka haliʻa o ka makaʻu a me ka weliweli. | When she recited the charge given her by Kaonohiokala, Laieikawai said to her companions, "O comrades, as Kahalaomapuana tells me the message of your brother and my husband, a strange foreboding weighs upon me, and I am amazed; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula kona mau hoa, “ʻAʻole ia he akua, he kanaka nō e like me kākou. | Her companions answered, "He is no god; he is a man like us, |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.5 | Aia nō hoʻi paha a hiki maila, ʻike aku nō hoʻi paha ʻoe lā, he kanaka nō e like me kākou.” | when he comes, you will see he is only a man like us." |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.1 | Ma mua aku naʻe o ko Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi ʻana mai Keʻalohilani mai, ua ʻike mua akula ka makāula hoʻokahi malama ma mua aku o ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai, no laila, wānana mua ka makāula, me ka ʻōlelo iho, “E loaʻa ana ka pōmaikaʻi iā kākou mai ka lewa mai. | Now, before Kahalaomapuana's return from Kealohilani, the seer foresaw what was to take place, one month before her return. Then the seer prophesied, in these words: "A blessing descends upon us from the heavens |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.2 | Aia a hiki aku i nā pō mahina kōnane e hiki mai ai. | when the nights of full moon come. |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.3 | Aia a lohe aku kākou i ka hekili kuʻi pāmaloʻo a me ka hekili i loko o ke kuāua, i ia manawa e ʻike ai ko ka ʻāina nei, he ua me ka uila, he kaikoʻo ma ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, uhi paʻa ʻia ka ʻāina a me ka moana a puni e ka noe, ke ʻawa, ka ʻohu a me ke kualau. | "When we hear the thunder peal in dry weather and in wet, then we shall see over the earth rain and lightning, billows swell on the ocean, freshets on the land, land and sea covered thick with fog, fine mist and rain, and the beating of the ocean rain. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.1 | “A hala aʻe ia, a i ka lā ʻo Māhealani, ma ka ʻehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e keʻehi iho ai nā kukuna o ka lā i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai ko ka ʻāina, he kama kahi ke noho mai ana i loko o ka ʻōnohi o ka lā; he mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuʻu akua. | "When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one like the taboo child of my god. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.2 | E ʻike auaneʻi ka ʻāina i ka luku nui ma ia hope iho, a nāna e kāʻili aku i ka poʻe hoʻokiʻekiʻe mai ka ʻāina aku, a laila, no kākou ka pōmaikaʻi a me kā kākou pua aku.” | Afterwards the earth shall behold a great destruction and shall see all the haughty snatched away out of the land; then we shall be blessed, and our seed." |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.1 | Ma kona ʻano makāula, ua hiki iā ia ke hele aku e kūkala ma Kauaʻi a puni, me ka haʻi aku i kāna mea i ʻike, a no nā mea e hiki mai ana ma hope. | As a prophet it was his privilege to proclaim about Kauai those things which he saw would come to pass. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, kauoha ihola i kāna mau kaikamāhine, ma mua o kona haʻalele ʻana iā lākou, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E aʻu mau kaikamāhine, ke hele nei au ma kuʻu ʻaoʻao mau. | So, before leaving his daughters, he commanded them and said, "My daughters. I am giving you my instructions before leaving you, |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.3 | E haʻalele ana wau iā ʻoukou. | [I'm leaving you] |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hele loa ana, akā, e hele ana wau e haʻi aku i kēia mea aʻu e kamaʻilio nei iā ʻoukou, a hoʻi mai wau. | not, indeed, for long; but I go to announce those things which I have told you. and shall return hither. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.5 | No laila, e noho ʻoukou ma kahi a kuʻu akua i kuhikuhi ai iaʻu. | Therefore, dwell here in this place, which my god has pointed out to me, |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.6 | E waiho ʻoukou iā ʻoukou ma loko o ka maluhia a hiki i ka hoʻokō ʻia ʻana o kuʻu wānana.” | and keep yourselves pure until my prophecy is fulfilled." |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.7 | Hele akula ua makāula nei e like me kona manaʻopaʻa, a hele akula ʻo ia i mua o nā aliʻi a me ka poʻe koʻikoʻi ma kahi e ʻākoakoa ai nā aliʻi. | The prophet went away, as he had determined, and he went into the presence of the chiefs and men of position, at the place where the chiefs were assembled; |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.8 | Ma laila ʻo ia i kūkala aku ai e like me kona ʻike. | there he proclaimed what he had seen. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.3 sent.1 | A hiki mua ʻo ia i o ʻAiwohikupua, me ka ʻī aku, “Mai kēia lā aku, e kūkulu mua ʻoe i mau lepa a puni kou wahi, a e hoʻokomo i kāu poʻe aloha a pau ma loko, no ka mea, ma kēia hope koke iho, e hiki mai ana ka luku ma luna o ka ʻāina. | And first he came to Aiwohikupua and said, "From this day, erect flag signals around your dwelling, and bring inside all whom you love. "For there comes shortly a destruction over the earth; |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.3 sent.2 | ʻAʻole e ʻike ʻia kekahi luku ma mua aku e like me ka luku e hiki mai ana, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana aʻe o kēia luku aʻu e ʻōlelo nei. | never has any destruction been seen before like this which is to come; never
will any come hereafter when this destruction of which I tell is ended. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.4 sent.1 | “Ma mua o ka hiki ʻana mai o ka mea mana, e hōʻike mai nō ʻo ia i hōʻailona no ka luku ʻana, ʻaʻole ma luna o nā makaʻāinana, ma luna pono iho nō ou, a ʻo kou poʻe. | "Before the coming of the wonder-worker he will give you a sign of destruction, not over all the people of the land, but over you yourself and your people; |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa e moe ai nā mea kiʻekiʻe o ka ʻāina nei i mua ona, a e kāʻili ʻia aku ka hanohano maiā ʻoe aku. | then the high ones of earth shall lie down before him and your pride shall be taken from you. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.1 sent.1 | “Inā e hoʻolohe ʻoe i kaʻu ʻōlelo, a laila, e pakele ʻoe i ka luku e hiki mai ana, a ʻoiaʻiʻo. | "If you listen to my word, then you will be spared from the destruction that is verily to come; |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.1 sent.2 | ʻĀnō, e hoʻomākaukau ʻoe iā ʻoe.” | therefore, prepare yourselves at once." |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.3 sent.2 | E like me ka ʻōlelo no ʻAiwohikupua, pēlā kāna ʻōlelo iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a manaʻoʻiʻo maila ʻo ia. | And as he said to Aiwohikupua, so he said to Kekalukaluokewa, and he believed him. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.4 sent.1 | Akā, ʻo Waka, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hoʻokō, me ka ʻōlelo mai, “Inā he akua ka mea nāna e luku mai, a laila, he akua nō koʻu e hiki ai ke hoʻopakele iaʻu a me kaʻu mau aliʻi.” | But Waka would not listen, and answered, "If a god is the one to bring destruction, then I have another god to save me and my chiefs." |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka, hāliu akula ka makāula i ke aliʻi, a ʻōlelo akula, “Mai hoʻolohe i kā ko kupuna wahine, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana ka luku nui ma luna o nā aliʻi. | And at Waka's words the seer turned to the chiefs and said, "Do not listen to your grandmother, for a great destruction is coming over the chiefs. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.2 | ʻĀnō, e kūkulu i lepa a puni ʻoe, a e hoʻokomo i kāu mea aloha ma loko o nā lepa i kūkulu ʻia. | Plant flag signals at once around you, and bring all dear to you inside the signals you have set up, |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.3 | A ʻo ka mea e manaʻoʻiʻo ʻole i kaʻu, e hāʻule nō lākou i loko o ka luku nui. | and whoever will not believe me, let them fall in the great day of destruction. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.4 | A hiki i ua lā lā, e moe ana nā luāhine ma nā kapuaʻi o ke keiki mana, me ke noi aku i ola, ʻaʻole e loaʻa, no ka mea, ua hōʻole i ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula nei.” | "When that day comes, the old women will lie down before the soles of the feet of that mighty youth, and plead for life, and not get it, because they have disbelieved the words of the prophet." |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.6 | A hala akula ka makāula, kūkulu aʻela ke aliʻi i lepa a puni kona hale aliʻi, a noho ihola ma loko o kahi hoʻomalu e like me ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula. | When the seer left the chief placed flag signals all around the palace and stayed within the protected place as the prophet had commanded. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.6 sent.2 | No ke aloha wale nō a ka makāula ke kumu o kona hele ʻana aku e haʻi i kāna mea i ʻike ai. | For no other reason than love did the seer go to tell those things which he saw. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.6 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi lā o kona noho ʻana me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma Honopuʻuwaiakua, mai kona hoʻi ʻana aku mai kaʻapuni, hiki mai ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma mua aʻe nei i hōʻike ʻia ma nēia mokuna. | He had been back one day with his daughters at Honopuwaiakua when Kahalaomapuana arrived, as described in the chapter before. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.1 | Hoʻokahi anahulu ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi ʻana mai mai Keʻalohilani mai, i ia manawa, hiki maila ka hōʻailona mua a ko lākou kaikunāne e like me ke kauoha i kona kaikuahine. | Ten days after Kahalaomapuana's return from Kealohilani came the first of their brother's promised signs. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.3 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo aku ka makāula, “E aʻu mau kaikamāhine, ua hiki mai ka hoʻokō ʻia ʻana o kuʻu wānana e like me kaʻu ʻōlelo mua iā ʻoukou.” | Then the seer said, "My daughters, the time is come when my prophecy is fulfilled as I declared it to you." |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “He haʻalulu nui koʻu a me ka weliweli, a pehea lā e pau ai kuʻu makaʻu?” | Said Laieikawai, "I tremble and am astonished, and how can my fear be stilled?" |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.4 sent.2 | ʻAʻole hoʻi e weliweli. | be not astonished; |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.4 sent.3 | E hiki mai ana ka pōmaikaʻi iā kākou, a e lilo auaneʻi kākou i mea nui nāna e ʻai nā moku a puni, ʻaʻole kekahi mea ʻē aʻe, a e noho aliʻi auaneʻi ʻoukou ma luna o ka ʻāina a e holo aku ka poʻe hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou mai ka noho aliʻi aku. | we shall prosper and become mighty ones among the islands round about; none shall be above us; and you shall rule over the land, and those who have done evil against you shall flee from you and be chiefs no more. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.1 sent.2 | Ma ke kakahiaka, i nā kukuna o ka lā i haʻalele iho ai i nā mauna, ʻike ʻia akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e noho ana i loko o ka wela kūkanono o ka lā ma waena pono o ka luakālai i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ānuenue a me ka ua koko. | in the early morning when the rays of the sun rose above the mountain, Kaonohiokala was seen sitting within the smoking heat of the sun, right in the middle of the sun's ring, encircled with rainbows and a red mist. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.2 sent.4 | E Hulumāniani ē! | Hulumaniani! |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa a Kaʻōnohiokalā e nānā mai ana i ka honua nei, aia hoʻi, e ʻaʻahu mai ana ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kapa ānuenue a kona kaikuahine (Kahalaomāpuana) i lawe mai ai, a laila, maopopo aʻela iā ia, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kēia, ka wahine hoʻopalau āna. | Now, as Kaonohiokala looked down upon the earth, lo! Laieikawai was clothed in the rainbow garment his sister, Kahalaomapuana, had brought her; then through this sign he recognized Laieikawai as his betrothed wife. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.6 sent.1 | A, ʻo Lāʻieikawai kekahi, i ka hiwahiwa i ʻike mai ai iā Lāʻieikawai e hoʻomaka ana e kukuli, kāhea maila ka hiwahiwa, “E kuʻu Haku wahine, e Lāʻieikawai ē! | And Laieikawai was about to do the same; when the Beloved saw Laieikawai about to kneel he cried out, "O my wife and ruler! O Laieikawai! |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.7 sent.1 | “E kuʻu Haku, he weliweli koʻu a me ka haʻalulu nui, a inā i manaʻo ʻoe e lawe i kuʻu ola nei, e pono ke lawe aku, no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau i hālāwai me kekahi mea weliweli nui ma mua e like me kēia,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai. | "My lord, I am amazed and tremble, and if you desire to take my life, it is well; for never have I met before with anyone so terrible as this!" answered Laieikawai. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.8 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole au i hiki mai e lawe i kou ola, akā, ma ka huakaʻi a kuʻu kaikuahine i hiki aʻe nei i ou lā, a no laila, ua hāʻawi mai wau i hōʻailona noʻu e ʻike ai iā ʻoe, a e maopopo ai iaʻu, ʻo ʻoe kuʻu wahine hoʻopalau. | "I have not come to take your life, but on my sister's visit to me I gave her a sign for me to know you by and recognize you as my betrothed wife; |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.8 sent.2 | A no laila, ua hele mai au e hoʻokō e like me kāna kiʻi ʻana aʻe nei.” | and therefore have I come to fulfill her mission," |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.10 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kāhea ihola ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, “Ke lawe nei wau i kuʻu wahine, a ma kēia pō e hiki hou mai māua,” a laila, kāʻili ʻia akula kāna wahine me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia e kona mau hoa. | Then he called to his sisters, "I take my wife and at this time of the night will come again hither." Then his wife was caught away out of sight of her companions, |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.1 | A ma kekahi pō aʻe, i ka mahina e kōnane ʻoluʻolu ana, i ka wā hapa o ka laʻi, kuʻu ʻia maila kekahi ānuenue i ʻūlili ʻia mai luna mai o ka mahina a hiki i lalo nei i ka wā e kūpono ana ka mahina i luna pono o Honopuʻuwaiakua. | And the next night when the moon shone bright, at the time when its light decreased, a rainbow was let down, fastened to the moon and reaching to the earth; when the moon was directly over Honopuwaiakua, |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, iho maila nā aliʻi o ka lewa me ko lāua ʻihiʻihi nui, a kū maila i mua o ka makāula, me ka ʻōlelo iho, “E hele aʻe ʻoe e kala aku i nā mea a pau, i hoʻokahi anahulu, e hoʻohui ʻia ma kahi hoʻokahi. | then the chiefs appeared above in the sky in their majesty and stood before the prophet, saying: "Go and summon all the people for ten days to gather together in one place; |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.3 | A laila, e hoʻopuka aku wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopaʻi no ka poʻe i hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou. | then I will declare my wrath against those who have done you wrong. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.4 | A pau nā lā he ʻumi, a laila, e hui hou kāua, a naʻu nō e haʻi aku i ka mea e pono ai ke hana ʻoe a me kāu mau kaikamāhine pū me ʻoe.” | "At the end of ten days, then we shall meet again, and I will tell you what is well for you to do, and my sisters with you." |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hālāwai maila me ia ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a haʻi akula i kāna ʻōlelo hōʻike no kāna ʻoihana kaʻapuni e like me ke kauoha a ka hiwahiwa. | Then Kaonohiokala met him, and the seer told him about the circuit he had made at the Beloved's command. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.1 | A i ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, ma ka puka ʻana mai o ka lā, i ka wā i haʻalele iho ai nā kukuna wela o ka lā i nā mauna, i ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hiwahiwa e hoʻopaʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka pū. | And in the morning of the next day, at sunrise, when the hot rays of the sun rose over the mountains, Then the Beloved began to punish Aiwohikupua and Waka. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.2 | Hāʻawi ʻia ka make no Waka, a ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻopaʻi ʻia akula ia e lilo i kanaka ʻilihune e ʻaeʻa haukaʻe ana ma luna o ka ʻāina a hiki i kona mau lā hope. | To Waka he meted out death, and Aiwohikupua was punished by being deprived of all his wealth, to wander like a vagrant over the earth until the end of his days. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.3 | Ma ke noi a Lāʻieikawai e hoʻopakele iā Lāʻielohelohe a me kāna kāne, no laila, ua māʻalo aʻe ka pilikia mai o lāua aʻe, a no lāua kekahi kuleana ma ka ʻāina ma ia hope iho. | At the Request of Laieikawai to spare Laielohelohe and her husband, the danger passed them by, and they became rulers over the land thereafter. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.8 sent.1 | A laila, i ia manawa ʻākoakoa lākou a pau, ka makāula a me nā kaikamāhine ʻelima, e kau mai ana ma ke ala i ʻūlili ʻia, a ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā me Lāʻieikawai ma ke kaʻawale, a he mau kapuaʻi ko lāua me he ahi lā. | Then, as they all crowded together, the seer and the five girls stood on the ladder way, and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai apart, and the soles of their feet were like fire. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.10 sent.1 | A pau ka hoʻoponopono ʻana no kēia mau mea, a pono ka noho ʻana, kāʻili pū ʻia akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kāna kāne ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa, a noho ma kahi mau o kāna kāne. | After all these things were put in order and well established, Laieikawai and her husband were taken on the rainbow to the land within the clouds and dwelt in the husband's home. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.10 sent.2 | Inā e hewa kona mau kaikuahine, a laila, na Kahalaomāpuana e lawe ka ʻōlelo hoʻopiʻi i mua o ke aliʻi. | In case her sisters should do wrong then it was Kahalaomapuana's duty to bring word to the chief. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.2 | A no ka lilo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai i wahine mau ma ka pelika paʻa, no laila, haʻawi ʻia aʻela ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ʻano akua e like me kana kane, koe naʻe ka mana hiki ʻole ke ʻike i na mea huna a me na hana pohihihi i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao; no kana kane wale nō. | And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua haʻalele ʻana ia Kauaʻi a hoʻi aku i luna, ua hana ʻia kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko o ko lākou ʻakoakoa ʻana ma ka ʻahaʻōlelo hoʻoponopono aupuni ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka la i kuʻu ʻia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuʻumealani mai, a kau akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokala a me āʻieikawai ma luna o ke ala anuenue i ʻōlelo ʻia, a waiho maila i kona kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka makāula a me Lāʻielohelohe, eia kana ʻōlelo, “E oʻu mau hoa a me ko kakou makua kane makāula, kuʻu kaikaina i ka aʻa hoʻokahi a me ka kaua kane, ke hoʻi nei au ma muli o ka mea a kakou i kūka ai, a ke haʻalele nei wau ia ʻoukou, a hoʻi aku i kahi hiki ʻole ia ʻoukou ke ʻike koke aʻe. | Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was made in their assembly at the government council. Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from
Nuumealani and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were her words: "My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement; I leave you and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me; |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.2 | No laila, e nānā kekahi i kekahi me ka noho like, no ka mea, ua hoʻopōmaikaʻi like ʻia ʻoukou. | therefore, live in peace, for each alike has prospered, |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.3 | ʻAʻole kekahi mea o ʻoukou i hoʻonele ʻia i ka pōmaikaʻi, akā, ʻo ia nei (Kaʻōnohiokalā) nō ko māua mea e hiki mai i o ʻoukou nei e ʻike i ka pono o ko ʻoukou noho ʻana.” | not one of you lacks fortune. But Kaonohiokala will visit you to look after your welfare." |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.4 | A pau kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia akula lāua me ko lāua ʻike ʻole ʻia, a e like me ka ʻōlelo, “ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā ka mea iho mai e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau hoa,” ʻo ia kekahi kumu i haunaele ai ko Lāʻieikawai mā noho ʻana me kāna kāne. | After these words they were borne away out of sight. And as to her saying Kaonohiokala would come to look after the welfare of her companions, this was the sole source of disturbance in Laieikawai's life with her husband. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai ma ko lāua wahi me kāna kāne, he mea mau iā Kaʻōnohiokalā ka iho pinepine mai i lalo nei e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine a me kāna wahine ʻōpio (Lāʻielohelohe); ʻekolu iho ʻana i ka makahiki hoʻokahi. | "While Laieikawai lived at home with her husband it was Kaonohiokala's custom to come down from time to time to look after his sisters' welfare and that of his young wife three times every year. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.1 | I ka ʻekolu malama o Lāʻieikawai mā i luna, iho maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, a hoʻi akula me Lāʻieikawai. | After Laieikawai had lived three months above, Kaonohiokala went down to look after his sister's welfare, and returned to Laieikawai; |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe i hāʻule ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, i ia manawa, i ka hewa, akā, ua hoʻomaka aʻe kona kuko ʻino e hana i ka mea pono ʻole. | Not at this time, however, did Kaonohiokala fall into sin, but his sinful longing had its beginning. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.2 | Akā, ma kona ʻano keiki akua, hoʻomanawanui akula nō ʻo ia e pale aʻe i kona kuko. | but by his nature as a child of god he persisted in checking his lust; |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi paha minuke e lele aku ai ke kuko mai ona aku, a laila, pili maila nō. | for perhaps a minute the lust flew from him, then it clung to him once more. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa nō hoʻi, iā ia e hālāwai lā me kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula hoʻi, ka punalua a me kā lāua wahine hoʻi (Lāʻielohelohe), hoʻomaka aʻela ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e hoʻoponopono hou no ke aupuni, a no laila, ua hoʻomaka hou ka ʻahaʻōlelo. | Now at this time, when he met his sisters, the prophet and his punalua and their wife (Laielohelohe), Kaonohiokala began to redistribute the land, so he called a fresh council. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.2 | A i mea e pono ai ko ke aliʻi manaʻo kolohe, hoʻolilo aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine i poʻe kiaʻi no ka ʻāina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Keʻalohilani, a na lākou e hoʻoponopono pū me Mokukelekahiki i ka noho ʻana a me nā hana a pau e pili ana i ka ʻāina. | And to carry out his evil purpose, he transferred his sisters to be guards over the land called Kealohilani, and arranged that they should live with Mokukelekahiki and have charge of the land with him. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike aʻela kekahi o kona mau kaikuahine ua ʻoi aku ka hanohano ma mua o kēia noho ʻana, no ka mea, ua hoʻolilo ʻia i mau aliʻi no kahi hiki ʻole iā lākou ke noho, e lawelawe pū me Mokukelekahiki, no laila, hoʻoholo aʻela lākou i ka ʻae ma muli o ka ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikunāne. | When some of his sisters saw how much greater the honor was to become chiefs in a land they had never visited, and serve with Mokukelekahiki there, they agreed to consent to their brother's plan. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.2 | Akā, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻae aku e hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani, no ka mea, ua ʻoi aku kona minamina i ka hanohano mau i loaʻa iā ia ma mua o ka hoʻi ʻana i Keʻalohilani. | But Kahalaomapuana would not consent to return to Kealohilani, for she cared more for her former post of honor than to return to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.3 | A no ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻae ʻole, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o kona kaikunāne, “E kuʻu Lani, ma kou hoʻolilo ʻana aʻe nei iā mākou e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani, a ʻo lākou nō ke hoʻi, a ʻo wau nei lā, e noho aʻe nō wau i lalo nei e like me kāu hoʻonoho mua ʻana, no ka mea, ke aloha nei wau i ka ʻāina a me nā makaʻāinana, a ua maʻa aʻe nei nō hoʻi ka noho ʻana. | And in refusing, she spoke to her brother as follows: "My high one, as to your sending us to Kealohilani, let them go and I will remain here, living as you first placed me; for I love the land and the people and am accustomed to the life; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, no ke ake nui o Kaʻōnohiokalā e kaʻawale aku ʻo ia i kahi ʻē, i mea e ʻike ʻole ʻia ai kona kalohe ʻana, no laila, hailona akula ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, a ʻo ka mea e kū ai ka hailona, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani. | but because of Kaonohiokala's great desire to get her away so that she would not detect his mischievous doings, therefore he cast lots upon his sisters, and the one upon whom the lot rested must go back to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.3 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kona mau kaikuahine, “E hele ʻoukou e ʻuʻu mai i pua kiliʻoʻopu. | Said Kaonohiokala to his sisters, "Go and pull a grass flower; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole e hui i ko ʻoukou hele ʻana. | do not go together, |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.5 | E hele ʻoukou ma ke kaʻawale kekahi i kekahi. | every one by herself, |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.6 | A loaʻa, a laila, e hoʻi mai ko ʻoukou mua, a hāʻawi mai iaʻu. | then the oldest return and give it to me, |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.7 | E like me ko hānau ʻana, pēlā ʻoukou e hele ai, a pēlā nō hoʻi ʻoukou ke hoʻi mai, a ʻo ka mea lōʻihi o kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i Keʻalohilani.” | in the order of your birth, and the one who has the longest grass stem, she shall go to Kealohilani." |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.8 | Hele akula kēlā a me kēia o lākou ma ke kaʻawale, a hoʻi maila e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia iā lākou. | Every one went separately and returned as they had been told. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.1 sent.1 | Akā, i ka hoʻohālike ʻana, kiola akula ka mua i kāna i mua o ko lākou kaikunāne, ʻike akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka mua, he mea kāhāhā loa iā ia, no laila, momoku malū aʻela ʻo ia i kāna i loko o kona ʻaʻahu, akā, ua ʻike akula kona kaikunāne i kāna hana, ʻī akula, “E Kahalaomāpuana, mai hana malū ʻoe! | But in comparing them, the oldest laid hers down before her brother. Kahalaomapuana saw it and was much surprised, so she secretly broke hers inside her clothing; but her brother saw her doing it and said, "Kahalaomapuana, no fooling! |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.1 sent.2 | E waiho i kāu kiliʻoʻopu pēlā.” | leave your grass stem as it is. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, koi akula ʻo ia i kona kaikunāne e hailona hou. | Then she begged her brother to draw the lot again; |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.3 | E hailona hou ana, kū hou nō iā Kahalaomāpuana ka hailona. | again they drew lots, again the lot rested upon Kahalaomapuana; |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.3 sent.1 | ʻO ia hoʻi, he mea kaumaha naʻe iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kaʻawale ʻana aku mai kona noho aliʻi aku a me nā makaʻāinana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine naʻau makemake ʻole e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani e ka hailona. | Lo! she was sorrowful at separating herself from her own chief-house and the people of the land; darkened was the princess's heart by the unwelcome lot that sent her back to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o kona kaikunāne me ka ʻī aku, “E kū ke alanui o kuʻu lani pēlā e kali no nā lā he ʻumi. | Then she said to her brother, "Let the pathway of my high one wait ten days, |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.3 | E hoʻākoakoa mai nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau i hōʻike aku ai wau i koʻu aloha nui iā lākou ma mua o kou lawe ʻana aku iaʻu.” | and let the chiefs be gathered together and all the people of the land, that I may show them my great love before you take me away." |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.1 | A i ka ʻumi o ka lā, kuʻu ʻia maila ua alanui nei i mua o ke anaina a kau akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ke alanui ʻūlili i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona, a huli maila me ka naʻau kaumaha, i hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i nakulu wai o Kūlanihākoʻi, me ka ʻī mai, “E nā aliʻi, nā makaʻāinana, ke haʻalele nei wau iā ʻoukou. | And on the tenth day, the pathway was let down again before the assembly, and Kahalaomapuana mounted upon the ladder way prepared for her and turned with heavy heart, her eyes filled with a flood of tears, the water drops of Kulanihakoi, and said: "O chiefs and people, I am leaving you |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe no koʻu makemake e hoʻi i ia ʻāina, akā, na koʻu lima nō i ʻae iaʻu e haʻalele iā ʻoukou ma muli o ka hailona a kuʻu kaikunāne lani nei. | it was not my wish to go back to this land, but my hand decided my leaving you according to the lot laid by my divine brother. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.6 | No laila, e pule ʻoukou i ke akua, a e pule nō hoʻi wau i koʻu akua, a inā i mana nā pule a kākou, a laila, e hālāwai hou ana nō kākou ma kēia hope aku. | now, therefore, do you pray to your god and I will pray to my god, and if our prayer has might, then shall we meet again hereafter. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.10 | A laila, lālau aʻela ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻahu, a pālulu aʻela i kona mau maka i mua o ke anaina i mea e hūnā ai i kona mānaʻonaʻo i nā makaʻāinana a me ka ʻāina, a lawe ʻia akula ʻo ia ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa ma ka lani kua kaʻa. | Then she caught hold of her garment and held it up to her eyes before the assembly to hide her feeling for the people and the land. And she was borne by the rainbow to the land above the clouds, to Lanikuakaa, the heavens higher up. |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.1 | ʻO ke kumu nui o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā manaʻo nui e hoʻokawale iā Kahalaomāpuana i Keʻalohilani, i mea e nalo ai kona kalohe iā Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, aia kekahi ʻike iā ia. | The great reason why Kaonohiokala wished to separate Kahalao-
mapuana in Kealohilani was to hide his evil doings with Laielohelohe, for Kahalaomapuana was the only one |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.2 | He ʻike hiki he hana ʻia kekahi hana ma kahi malū, a he kaikamahine manaʻopaʻa nō, ʻaʻole e hoʻopilimeaʻai, o manaʻo auaneʻi ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, o haʻi ʻia kāna hana kalohe ʻana i mua o Moanalihaikawaokele, no laila ʻo ia i hoʻokaʻawale ai i kona kaikuahine. | who could see things done in secret; and she was a resolute girl, not one to give in. Kaonohiokala thought she might disclose to Moanalihaikawaokele this evil doing;
so he got his sister away, |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.2 sent.1 | A kaʻawale akula kona kaikuahine, a i ka pau ʻana paha o ka hapahā ʻelua o ka lima o ka makahiki, iho hou maila ʻo ia i lalo nei e hoʻokō i kona manaʻo kuko iā Lāʻielohelohe. | When his sister had gone, about the end of the second quarter of the fifth year, he went away below to carry out his lustful design upon Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i hoʻokō koke i ia manawa, akā, i mea e pono ai ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā, no laila, waiho akula ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kahalaomāpuana, a ʻo ka makāula nō kona kuhina nui, a hoʻonoho ʻia akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i kiaʻāina paha no Kauaʻi, iā Mailekaluhea no Oʻahu, ʻo Mailelauliʻi no Maui a me nā moku ʻē aʻe; iā Mailepākaha no Hawaiʻi. | Not just at that time, but he made things right with Kekalukaluokewa by putting him in Kahalaomapuana's place and the seer as his chief counsellor. Mailehaiwale was made governor on Kauai, Mailekaluhea on Oahu, Mailelaulii on Maui and the other islands, Mailepakaha on Hawaii. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.1 sent.1 | A lilo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma ke aupuni, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Kekalukaluokēwā e hele e kaʻapuni ma nā mokupuni a pau e lawelawe i kāna ʻoihana mōʻī, a hoʻonoho ihola iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ko Kekalukaluokēwā wahi ma ke ʻano hope mōʻī. | When Kekalukaluokewa became head over the group, then Kaonohiokala sent him to make a tour of the islands and perform the functions of a ruler, and he put Laielohelohe in Kekalukaluokewa's place as his substitute. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.2 sent.2 | Ma kēlā hoʻi ʻana ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i hiki loa i luna, akā, ua ʻike naʻe ʻo ia i ia lā e holo ana nā waʻa o Kekalukaluokēwā i ka moana, a no ia mea, hoʻi hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā mai luna mai a hiki i lalo nei, a launa ihola me Lāʻielohelohe; ʻaʻole naʻe i hana ʻia ka hewa i ia manawa. | When Kaonohiokala started to return he did not go all the way up, but just watched that day the sailing of Kekalukaluokewa's canoes over the ocean. Then Kaonohiokala came back down and sought the companionship of Laielohelohe, but not just then was the sin committed. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua me Lāʻielohelohe e hālāwai lā, noi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻielohelohe e hoʻokaʻawale ʻia nā mea ʻē aʻe, a ma kona ʻano mea nui, ua hoʻokaʻawale ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine mau ʻaialo. | When the two met, Kaonohiokala asked Laielohelohe to separate herself from the rest, and at the high chief's command the princess's retainers withdrew. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.3 | A no laila, ma nā lā hope nei, ua hiki ʻole iaʻu ke hoʻomanawanui e pale aku i ke kuko noʻu iā ʻoe mai ou aku.” | Now at last my patience no longer avails to turn away my passion from you." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.1 sent.1 | “E kuʻu Lani ē,” wahi a Lāʻielohelohe, “pehea lā e kaʻawale ai i ia kuko ou maiā ʻoe aʻe? | "O my high one," said Laielohelohe, "how can you rid yourself of your passion? |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.1 sent.2 | A he aha lā ka manaʻo o kuʻu lani e pono ai ke hana?” | And what does my high one see fit to do?" |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.1 sent.3 | “E launa kino kāua,” wahi a Kaʻōnohiokalā, “ʻO ia wale nō ka mea e pono ai ke hana ʻia i mua oʻu.” | "Let us know one another." said Kaonohiokala. "this is the only thing to be done for me." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “ʻAʻole kāua e launa kino, e kuʻu Lani, no ka mea, ʻo ka mea nāna i mālama iaʻu mai kuʻu wā ʻuʻuku mai a loaʻa wale kuʻu kāne, nāna ka ʻōlelo paʻa ma oʻu lā, ʻaʻole e hāʻawi i kuʻu kino me kahi mea ʻē aʻe e hoʻohaumia. | Said Laielohelohe, "We can not touch one another, my high one, for the one who brought me up from the time I was born until I found my husband, he has strictly bound me not to defile my flesh with anyone; |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.2 sent.2 | A no laila, e kuʻu Lani ē, na ka mea nāna ka hoʻohiki paʻa iaʻu e ʻae aku i kou makemake.” | and, therefore, my high one, it is his to grant your wish." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.3 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i anahulu kona mau lā i luna, uhi paʻapū hou ʻia maila ʻo ia e nā hekili o ke kuko ʻino, a hiki ʻole ke hoʻomanawanui no ke kuko. | He had not been ten days there when he was again thick-pressed by the thunders of his evil lust, and he could not hold out against it. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.3 sent.3 | A na kēia kuko, kaʻikaʻi kino hou ʻia lā ʻo ia mai luna mai e hālāwai hou me Lāʻielohelohe. | To ease this passion he was again forced down below to meet Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.1 | A no ka lohe mua ʻana o Kaʻōnohiokalā “nā mea nāna i mālama” iā ia ka “hoʻohiki paʻa e ʻae aku,” no laila, kiʻi mua akula ʻo ia ma o Kapūkaʻihaoa lā e noi aku e ʻae mai i ko ke aliʻi makemake. | And having heard that her guardian who bound her must give his consent, he first sought Kapukaihaoa and asked his consent to the chief's purpose. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.2 | A no laila hoʻi, hele mua akula ʻo ia, a ʻōlelo aku iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Ua makemake wau e lawe iā Lāʻielohelohe e pili me aʻu i kēia manawa. | So he went first and said to Kapukaihaoa: "I wish to unite myself with Laielohelohe for a time, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe no ke kāʻili loa mai, akā, i mea e hoʻomāmā aʻe ai i koʻu naʻau kaumaha i ke kuko i kāu milimili, no ka mea, ua noi mua aku wau i ua milimili lā āu i kuʻu makemake, akā, ua kuhikuhi mai kēlā nāu e ʻae aku. | not to take her away altogether, but to ease my heavy heart of its lust after your foster child; for I first begged my boon of her, but she sent me for your consent, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “E ka lani o nā lani, ke ʻae aku nei wau ma kāu noi, e kuʻu Lani. | Said Kapukaihaoa: "High one of the highest, I grant your request, my high one; |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.2 | He mea pono nou e komo aku ʻoe me kaʻu milimili, no ka mea, ua ʻike au i koʻu pōmaikaʻi ʻole no kaʻu mea i luahi ai. | it is well for you to go in to my foster child; for no good has come to me from my charge. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.5 | A no laila, e aho hoʻi ke kā i ka nele loa, a nāu ka wahine a ʻolua.” | so it will be well, in order to avoid a second misfortune, that you have the wife for the two of you." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau kamaʻilio a lāua ma ke kaʻawale, hele akula ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa me ke aliʻi pū a hiki i o Lāʻielohelohe lā, ʻī akula, “E kuʻu luhi, eia ke kāne. | At the end of their secret conference, Kapukaihaoa went with the chief to Laielohelohe. Said he, "My ward, here is the husband, |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻAe paha,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai, “ʻaʻole nō lā hoʻi e iho?” | "Perhaps so," said Laieikawai. "Why not go down and see?" |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hui ana ma ka makemake o ke aliʻi kāne, i ia manawa, ua ʻike ʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no ka mea, ʻaʻole nō ʻo ke aliʻi wahine makemake iki e hana i ka hewa me ke aliʻi nui o luna, aia hoʻi, ma muli o ka ʻonou a kona mea nāna i mālama wale nō ka hoʻokō ʻana. | When they met at the chief's wish, Laielohelohe did not love Kaonohiokala, for the princess did not wish to commit sin with the great chief from the heavens, but to satisfy her guardian's greed. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.7 sent.1 | I kekahi lā ma ke ahiahi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “E kuʻu kahu nāna i mālama maikaʻi, i kēia manawa, ua pōʻino loa iaʻu ka manaʻo no Kaʻōnohiokalā i loko o nā manawa o māua i hana iho nei i ka hewa, a ke hoʻomāhuahua mai nei ke aloha o kuʻu kāne (Kekalukaluokēwā) iaʻu, no ka mea, i ka noho iho nei nō kā i ka pono me ke kāne, me ko māua maikaʻi, a lalau wale nō i ka hewa, ʻaʻole no koʻu makemake, no kou makemake wale nō. | One day in the evening Laielohelohe said to Kapukaihaoa, "My good guard and protector, I am sorry for my sin with Kaonohiokala, and love grows within me for Kekalukaluokewa, my husband; good and happy has been our life together, and I sinned not by my own wish, but through your wish alone. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.7 sent.2 | He aha nō lā hoʻi kou hewa ke hōʻole aku, i kuhikuhi aku hoʻi wau i kou ʻae ʻole no kou hoʻohiki ʻana, ʻaʻole au e launa me kekahi mea ʻē aʻe. | What harm had you refused? I referred the matter to you because of your binding me not to keep companionship with anyone; |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “I ʻae aku au e lilo ʻoe i ka mea ʻē no kuʻu nele i ka haʻawina waiwai o ko kāne, no ka mea, ma kuʻu maka ponoʻī nei nō ka waiwai a ko kāne i hāʻawi aʻe ai, a ʻo wau nō ke kū. | Said Kapukaihaoa, "I allowed you to be another's because your husband gave me no gifts; for in my very face your husband's gifts were given to others; there I stood, |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona kahu nāna i hānai, “Inā ʻo kou kumu ia o ka hāʻawi ʻana i kuʻu kino e hoʻohaumia me Kaʻōnohiokalā, a laila, ua hewa loa ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻike ʻoe, ʻaʻole no Kekalukaluokēwā i hoʻonoho nā mea ma luna o nā ʻāina, akā, no Kaʻōnohiokalā nō. | Said Laielohelohe to her foster father, "If that is why you have given me over to sin with Kaonohiokala, then you have done very wrong, for you know the rulers over the islands were not appointed by Kekalukaluokewa, but by Kaonohiokala; |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.9 sent.2 | A no laila, ʻapōpō e kau wau ma luna o nā waʻa, a holo aku e ʻimi i kuʻu kāne.” | and therefore to-morrow I will go on board a double canoe and set sail to seek my husband.'" |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.1 sent.1 | I ke ahiahi iho, kēnā aʻela ʻo ia i nā ʻaialo kāne ona, nā mea mālama waʻa hoʻi o ke aliʻi, e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa no ka holo aku e ʻimi i ke kāne. | That very evening she commanded her retainers, those who guarded the chief's canoe, to get the canoe ready to set sail to seek the husband. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe paha i Oʻahu, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, iho hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e launa hou me Lāʻielohelohe, akā, i kona hiki ʻana mai, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka hale aliʻi. | About the time that Laielohelohe was come to Oahu, that next day Kaonohiokala came again to visit Laielohelohe; but on his arrival, no Laielohelohe at the chief's house; |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nīnau mai i ka mea nāna e mālama ka hale aliʻi, no ka mea, inā e nīnau ʻo ia, manaʻo ʻia e hana ana i ka hewa me Lāʻielohelohe. | he did not question the guard for fear of his suspecting his sin with Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua e kuewa ana ma ke aloaliʻi, ʻo ia naʻe kekahi i lohe i kēia mau mea. | Now the vagabond, Aiwohikupua, was one of the chief's retainers, he was the one who heard these things. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.2 | A no ka lohe ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i ko Lāʻielohelohe kumu i holo ai e ʻimi i ke kāne, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ia i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi, “Inā i hoʻi hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a i nīnau mai iā Lāʻielohelohe, ʻī aku ʻoe ua maʻi ia, a laila, ʻaʻole e hoʻi hou mai, no ka mea, he mea haumia loa ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā a me nā mākua o mākou. | And when he heard Laielohelohe's reason for setting sail to seek her husband, then he said to the palace guard, "If Kaonohiokala returns again, and asks for Laielohelohe, tell him she is ill, then he will not come back, for she would pollute Kaonohiokala and our parents; |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.4 | I ia iho hou ʻana mai o Kaʻōnohiokalā, nīnau i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi, a laila, haʻi ʻia akula e like me kā ʻAiwohikupua ʻōlelo, a laila, hoʻi akula ʻo ia i luna. | When Kaonohiokala came again and questioned the guard then he was told as Aiwohikupua had said, and he went back up again. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.1 | I ia hele ʻana a lākou a hiki i Kaʻuiki, ua ahiahi naʻe, nīnau akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i nā kamaʻāina i ka lōʻihi o kahi i koe a hiki i Honokalani, kahi a Kekalukaluokēwā e noho ana me Hinaikamalama, ʻōlelo mai ke kamaʻāina, “Napoʻo ka lā, hiki,” a hele akula lākou, me ke kamaʻāina pū. | On their arrival at Kauwiki, that afternoon, Laielohelohe asked a native of the place how much farther it was to Honokalani, where Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama were staying. Said the native, "You can arrive by sundown." They went on, accompanied by the natives, |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.2 | A mōlehulehu, hiki akula lākou i Honokalani, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele aku e nānā i ka noho ʻana o nā aliʻi. | and at dusk reached Honokalani; there Laielohelohe sent the natives to see where the
chiefs were staying. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ke kamaʻāina, a ʻike aku i nā aliʻi e inu ʻawa ana, hoʻi maila, a haʻi maila iā lākou nei. | The natives went and saw the chiefs drinking awa, and returned and told them. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, hoʻouna hou akula nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele hou e nānā i nā aliʻi, me ka ʻī aku naʻe, “E hele ʻoe e nānā a ʻike i nā aliʻi e hiamoe ana, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe, a hele pū aku kākou.” | Then Laielohelohe sent the natives again to go and see the chiefs, saying, "You go and find out where the chiefs sleep, then return to us." |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.2 sent.3 | A no ka lohe ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i ka hewa ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia kāna mea i hele mai ai e haʻi iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | and, because of that man's hearing about Laielohelohe, he came there to tell Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe mā i hiki aku ai ma ka hale a Kekalukaluokēwā e noho ana, aia hoʻi, e hiamoe mai ana lāua ma kahi hoʻokahi; ua hoʻouhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu hoʻokahi; e moe ana naʻe i ka ʻona a ka ʻawa. | When Laielohelohe and her companions came to the house where Kekalukaluokewa was staying, lo! they lay sleeping in the same place under one covering, drunk with awa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki iā lāua ke ʻike aʻe i kēia, no ka mea, ua lumilumi ʻia lāua e ka ʻona a ka ʻawa. | nor did they know this; for they were drunk with awa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.1 | ʻO ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole e hiki iā Lāʻielohelohe ke hoʻomanawanui i kona ukiuki iā Hinaikamalama, no laila, komo akula ʻo ia ma waena o lāua a pale akula iā Hinaikamalama, hoʻohuli maila iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a apo akula i kāna kāne a hoʻāla akula. | Then Laielohelohe did not stay her anger against Hinaikamalama, so she got between them, pushed Hinaikamalama away, took Kekalukaluokewa and embraced him, and wakened him. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.5 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Hinaikamalama e hele ana me ka maka kūkona, a laila, ʻī akula, “E Hinaikamalama, e holo ana ʻoe i ke aha me kou maka inaina? | When Kekalukaluokewa saw the anger in Hinaikamalama's eyes as she went, then he said, "O Hinaikamalama, will you run to people with angry eyes? |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.2 | A laila, ʻī maila ʻo ia i kāna wahine, “E Lāʻielohelohe, ua lohe iho nei wau nou. | Then he said to his wife, "Laielohelohe, I have heard about your |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.4 | Kamaʻilio aku paha auaneʻi wau, ʻo ka make mai kā ia ala, no laila, ma kahi a ka haku o kāua e manaʻo ai, pono nō ke hoʻokō aku. | if I should object, he would kill me; therefore, whatever our lord wishes it is best for us to obey; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.5 | Akā, e kuʻu kāne, ʻaʻole naʻu i ʻae e hāʻawi iaʻu e hoʻohaumia i kuʻu kino me ua haku lā o kāua, akā, na kuʻu mea nāna i mālama iaʻu i ʻae e hana wau i ka hewa, no ka mea, i ka lā a ʻoukou i hele mai ai, ʻo ia nō ka lā a ua haku lā o kāua i noi mai ai iaʻu e hoʻohaumia iā māua, akā, no koʻu makemake ʻole, no laila, ua kuhikuhi aku wau i koʻu ʻae ʻole iā ia. | but, my husband, it was not I who consented to defile my body with our lord, but it was my guardian who permitted the sin; for on the day when you went away, that very day our lord asked me to defile myself; but I did not wish it, therefore I referred my refusal to him; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.11 | No laila, ma kēia pō, e hoʻokaʻawale ʻoe i kēlā wahine.” | therefore, leave this woman this very night." |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.12 | A no kēia mea, ua pono ka ʻōlelo a ka wahine i mua o kāna kāne, akā, ma kēia ʻōlelo hope a Lāʻielohelohe, i ia manawa, ua hoʻā ʻia ke ahi ʻenaʻena o ke aloha wela o Hinaikamalama no Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, e kaʻawale ana lāua mai ko lāua launa hewa ʻana. | Now his wife's words seemed right to her husband; but at Laielohelohe's last request to separate them from their sinful companionship, then was kindled the fire of Hinaikamalama's hot love for Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.2 sent.2 | I kēlā lā kēia lā o Hinaikamalama ma kona hale aliʻi, he mea mau ia ka noho ma ka puka o ka hale, a huli ke alo i Kaʻuiki, no ka mea, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ʻo ia e ke aloha wela. | every day that Hinaikamalama stayed at her chief-house, she was wont to sit at the door of the house and turn her face to Kauwiki, for the hot love that wrapped her about. |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi lā, i ke aliʻi wahine e hoʻonānā ana i kona aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā, piʻi aʻela ʻo ia a me kona mau kahu i luna o Kaiwiopele a noho ihola ma laila. | One day, as the princess sought to ease the love she bore to Kekalukaluokewa, she climbed Kaiwiopele with her attendants, and sat there |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.3 | “Me he ao puapuaʻa lā ke aloha e kau nei, | Like a gathering cloud love settles upon me, |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.2 sent.1 | E uē aku ana nō wau iā ʻoe, | I shall be weeping for you. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.3 sent.2 | Noho ihola lākou ma ia lā a ahiahi, hoʻi akula i ka hale, kēnā maila nā mākua a me nā kahu e ʻai, akā, ʻaʻole loaʻa iā ia ka ʻono o ka ʻai, no ka mea, ua pouli i ke aloha. | They sat there until evening, then they returned to the house; her parents and her attendants commanded her to eat, but she had no appetite for food because of her love. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.5 sent.2 | Iā Hinaikamalama nō e ala ana, e hiaʻā ana no kona aloha, puka ana ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, me ka ʻike ʻole o loko o ka hale aliʻi iā ia nei. | While Hinaikamalama lay awake, sleepless for love, entered Kekalukaluokewa, without the knowledge of anyone in the chief's house. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i hiki aku ai, pololei akula nō ʻo ia a ma kahi a ke aliʻi wahine e hiamoe ana, lālau akula i ka wahine ma ke poʻo, a hoʻāla akula. | When Kekalukaluokewa came, he went right to the place where the princess slept, took the woman by the head and wakened her. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, kāhea aʻela ʻo ia i nā kahu e hoʻā ke kukui, a ma ka wanaʻao, hoʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me kāna hānau kama (Lāʻielohelohe). | Then she called out to the attendants to light the lamps, and at dawn Kekalukaluokewa returned to his true wife, Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.7 sent.1 | Ma ia manawa mai, he mea mau iā Kekalukaluokēwā ka hele pinepine i o Hinaikamalama i kēlā pō kēia pō me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia, a hala he anahulu ʻokoʻa o ko Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻomau ʻana e hana hewa me Hinaikamalama me ka ʻike ʻole o kāna wahine, no ka mea, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ko Lāʻielohelohe ʻike e ka ʻona ʻawa mau ma muli o ka makemake o kāna kāne. | After that, Kekalukaluokewa went to Hinaikamalama every night without being seen; ten whole days passed that the two did evil together without the wife knowing it; for in order to carry out her husband's desire Laielohelohe's senses were darkened by the effects of awa. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.7 sent.2 | I kekahi lā, kupu ka manaʻo aloha i kekahi wahine kamaʻāina no Lāʻielohelohe, no laila, hele maila ua kamaʻāina wahine nei e launa me ke aliʻi wahine. | One day one of the native-born women of the place felt pity for Laielohelohe, therefore the woman went to visit the princess. |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “ʻAʻole, he maikaʻi loa māua e noho nei.” | Said Laielohelohe, "No; all is well with us." |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAe paha,” wahi a Lāʻielohelohe, “akā, i kaʻu ʻike aku a māua e noho nei, he ʻoluʻolu ko māua noho ʻana.” | "Perhaps so," answered Laielohelohe, "but so far as I see we are living very happily." |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.4 | I kuʻu kāne naʻe e mahi ʻai ana, hoʻi mai ana nō ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai Haneoʻo mai. | As he was digging, Kekalukaluokewa came along from Haneoo; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.8 | Iā māua e hele ana, a hiki i ke ʻalu kahawai, nānā akula māua, e hōʻea mai ana kēia mea ma luna o ke ʻāhua i hala hope iā māua. | as we came to the edge of the gulch, we saw some one appear above the rise we had just left; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.9 | I ia manawa, alu aʻela māua e peʻe ana, aia naʻe, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kēia e hele nei, a laila, ukali akula māua ma ko ia ala mau kapuaʻi a hiki māua ma kahi i kokoke i ka hale o Hinaikamalama. | then we turned aside and hid; it was Kekalukaluokewa coming; then we followed his footsteps until we came close to Hinaikamalama's house; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.11 | Iā māua i ka lawaiʻa a hoʻi mai māua a ma kahi nō a mākou i hālāwai mua ai, loaʻa ihola māua iā Kekalukaluokēwā e hele ana. | After we had fished and returned to the place where we met him first, we met him going back, |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.14 | Naʻu naʻe i hoʻohuahualau aku, a no laila, hū mai koʻu aloha me kaʻu kāne iā ʻoe, hele mai nei wau e haʻi aku iā ʻoe.” | that is my secret: and therefore my husband and I took pity on you and I came to tell you." |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i wikiwiki i ka huhū, akā, i mea e maopopo leʻa ai iā ia, hoʻomanawanui nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | not at once did she show her rage; but she waited but to make sure. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.4 | Iaʻu paha e moe ana i ka ʻona ʻawa, hele kēlā, akā, ma kēia pō, e ukali ana wau iā ia.” | so that when I am asleep under the influence of the awa, he can go; but to-night I will follow him." |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.2 sent.1 | I ia pō iho, hoʻomaka hou ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā e hāʻawi i ka ʻawa, a laila, hoʻokō akula nō kāna wahine, akā, ma hope o ka pau ʻana o ka inu ʻawa ʻana, puka koke akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i waho o ka hale, a hoʻolualuaʻi akula a pau loa ka ʻawa i ka luaʻi ʻia. | That night Kekalukaluokewa again gave her the awa, then she obeyed him, but after she had drunk it all, she went outside the house immediately and threw it up; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.1 | I ia ukali ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe, aia hoʻi, ua loaʻa pono akula kāna kāne iā ia e hana ana i ka hewa me Hinaikamalama. | Thus following, lo! she found her husband with Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo aku ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻoiai, aia ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi moe lāua, “E kuʻu kāne, ua puni wau iā ʻoe. | Then Laielohelohe said to Kekalukaluokewa, when she came to Hinaikamalama's house where they were sleeping, "My husband, you have deceived me; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.3 | Malia ʻoe e hoʻokina nei iaʻu i ka ʻawa; he hana kā kāu! | no wonder you compelled me to drink awa, you had something to do; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.4 | A no laila, ua loaʻa maopopo aʻe nei ʻolua iaʻu, no laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole e pono iā kāua ke hoʻomanawanui i ka noho ʻana ma ʻaneʻi. | now I have found you two, I tell you it is not right to endure this any longer. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.5 | E pono iā kāua ke hoʻi i Kauaʻi, a no laila, e hoʻi kāua ʻānō.” | We had best return to Kauai; we must go at once." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.2 | A ma ia ao ʻana aʻe, hoʻomākaukau koke nā waʻa no ka hoʻokō i ka ʻōlelo a Lāʻielohelohe, me ka manaʻo, i ia pō iho e holo ai. | and next day the canoes were hastily prepared to fulfill Laielohelohe's demand, thinking to sail that night; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.3 sent.4 | No ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoe pēlā e hele nei.” | You have not done so before." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna kāne, “E kiʻi ʻoe i ko wahine, a hoʻihoʻi mai e noho pū kākou.” | Then Laieikawai said to her husband, "Get your wife and bring her up here and let us live together." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō a lāua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, haʻalele akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻieikawai, a iho maila, me ka manaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, e kiʻi ana ma muli o kāna kauoha, ʻaʻole kā! | Therefore. Kaonohiokala left Laieikawai and went away, as Laieikawai thought, to carry out her command. Not so! |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, ake nui aʻela ʻo ia e ʻike i ka pono o kona kaikaina. | Then she longed to see how it was with her sister, |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.2 | I ia wā, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i mua o kona makuahōnōwai kāne, me ka nīnau aku, “Pehea lā wau e ʻike ai i ka pono o koʻu kaikaina? | so Laieikawai went to her father-in-law and asked, "How can I see how it is with my sister, |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.3 | No ka mea, ua ʻōlelo mai nei kuʻu kāne lani, ua hewa ka noho ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā, a no ia mea, ua hoʻouna aku nei wau iā Kaʻōnohiokalā e kiʻi aku i ka wahine a hoʻi mai. | for I have heard from my husband and high one that Laielohelohe is having trouble, with Kekalukaluokewa, and so I have sent Kaonohiokala to fetch the woman and return hither; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.5 | No laila, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i ʻike noʻu, i ʻike hiki ke ʻike aku ma kahi mamao i ʻike au i ka pono o koʻu hoahānau.” | so give me power to see to that distant place to know how it is with my relatives." |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, ʻōlelo mai ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, kona makuahōnōwai kāne, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ma ko ʻolua wahi. | Then said Moanalihaikawaokele, her father-in-law, "Go home |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.2 | E nānā aku ʻoe i ko makuahōnōwai wahine. | and look for your mother-in-law; |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.3 | Inā ua hiamoe, a laila, e hele aku ʻoe a komo i loko o ka heiau kapu, inā e ʻike aku ʻoe i ka ipu, ua ulana ʻia i ke ʻie, a ua haku ʻia ka hulu ma ka lihilihi o ke poʻi, ʻo ia ua ipu lā. | if she is asleep. then go into the taboo temple; if you see a gourd plaited with straw and feathers mounted on the edge of the cover, that is the gourd. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.4 | ʻO nā manu nui e kū ana ma nā ʻaoʻao o ua ipu lā, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | Do not be afraid of the great birds that stand on either side of the gourd, |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.1 | “A i kou hiki ʻana i kahi o ua ipu lā e kū ana, wehe aʻe ʻoe i ke poʻi, a laila, hoʻokomo iho ʻoe i ko poʻo i ka waha o ua ipu lā, a laila, kāhea iho ʻoe ma ka inoa o ua ipu lā,'E Laukapalili ē, hō mai i ka ʻike' | And when you come to where the gourd is standing take off the cover, then put your head into the mouth of the gourd and call out the name of the gourd, 'Laukapalili, Trembling Leaf, give me wisdom.' |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, loaʻa iā ʻoe ka ʻike e hiki iā ʻoe ke ʻike aku i kou kaikaina, a me nā mea a pau o lalo. | Then you shall see your sister and all that is happening below. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.3 | Eia naʻe, i kou kāhea ʻana, mai kāhea ʻoe me ka leo nui, o kani auaneʻi, lohe mai ko makuahōnōwai wahine, ʻo Laukieleʻula, ka mea nāna e mālama i ua ipu ʻike lā.” | Only when you call do not call in a loud voice; it might resound; your mother-in-law. Laukieleula, might hear, the one who guards the gourd of wisdom." |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.4 | He mea mau naʻe iā Laukieleʻula, ma ka pō ʻo ia e ala ai e mālama i ua ipu lā o ka ʻike, a ma ke ao, he hiamoe. | Laukieleula was wont to watch the gourd of wisdom at night, and by day she slept. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi kakahiaka, i ka wā e hoʻomaka mai ai ka mehana o ka lā ma luna o ka ʻāina, hele akula ʻo ia e mākaʻi iā Laukieleʻula, aia naʻe e hiamoe ana. | Very early next morning, at the time when the sun's warmth began to spread over the earth, she went to spy out Laukieleula; she was just asleep. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻike ihola kēlā ua hiamoe, hoʻokō aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kauoha a Moanalihaikawaokele, a hele akula ʻo ia e like me ka mea i aʻoaʻo ʻia mai iā ia. | When she saw she was asleep Laieikawai did as Moanalihaikawaokele had directed, and she went as he had instructed her. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.4 sent.2 | I ia wā ka hoʻomaka ʻana e ʻike i nā mea a pau i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao. | then she began to see all that was happening at a distance. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.5 sent.5 | A no kēia mea, he mea ʻē ka inaina o Moanalihaikawaokele, a lohe pū aʻela ʻo Laukieleʻula, hele akula kona mau mākuahōnōwai i kahi o ka ipu ʻike, aia hoʻi, ʻike leʻa akula lāua e hana ana i ka hewa e like me kā Lāʻieikawai mau ʻōlelo. | Then Moanalihaikawaokele's wrath was kindled, and Laukieleula heard it also, and her parents-in-law went to the gourd — lo! they plainly saw the sin committed as Laieikawai had said. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.6 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, ʻākoakoa aʻela lākou a pau, ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā mākuahōnōwai, e hele a ʻike i ka pono o Kaʻōnohiokalā, a hoʻoholo aʻela lākou i ia mea. | That day they all came together, Laieikawai and her parents-in- law, to see what to do about Kaonohiokala, and they came to their decision. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.1 sent.3 | A i ka pau ʻana aʻe o ka pouli ma ka lewa, aia hoʻi, e kau mai ana ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele me Laukieleʻula, a me Lāʻieikawai i luna o ke alanui ānuenue. | And when the darkness was over, lo! Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula and Laieikawai sat above the rainbow pathway. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻōlelo maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i mua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, “Ua hewa kāu hana, e Kaʻōnohiokalā ē, no ka mea, ua haumia loa ʻoe, a no laila, ʻaʻole e loaʻa hou iā ʻoe he wahi noho i loko o Kahakaekaea, a ʻo kou uku hoʻopaʻi, e lilo ana ʻoe i mea e hoʻomākaʻukaʻu ʻia ai ma nā alanui, a ma ka puka o nā hale, a ʻo kou inoa, he lapu, a ʻo kāu mea e ʻai ai, ʻo nā pulelehua, a ma laila kou kuleana a mau i kāu pua.” | And Moanalihaikawaokele said to Kaonohiokala, "You have sinned, O Kaonohiokala, for you have defiled yourself and, therefore, you shall no longer have a place to dwell within Kahakaekaea, and the penalty you shall pay, to become a fearsome thing on the highway and at the doors of houses, and your name is Lapu, Vanity, and for your food you shall eat moths; and thus shall you live and your posterity." |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.3 sent.1 | (Ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma kēia kaʻao, ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā ka lapu mua ma kēia mau moku, a ma ona lā nā lapu e ʻauana nei i kēia mau lā, ma ka hoʻohālike ʻana i ke ʻano o ka lapu, he ʻuhane ʻino.) | (In this story it is told how Kaonohiokala was the first ghost on these islands, and from his day to this, the ghosts wander from place to place, and they resemble evil spirits in their nature.) |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.3 | A ma kēia hālāwai ʻana o lākou, haʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka moʻolelo o kona hoʻihoʻi ʻia ʻana e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamāhiku o kēia kaʻao. | And at this discovery, Kahalaomapuana told the story of her dismissal, as we saw in Chapter XXVII of this story, |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.4 | A pau kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kaʻōnohiokalā. | and at the end Kahalaomapuana was taken to fill Kaonohiokala's place. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kahakaekaea, i kekahi manawa, nui maila ke aloha o Lāʻieikawai iā Lāʻielohelohe, akā, ʻaʻole e hiki ma kona manaʻo. | At Kahakaekaea, sometimes Laieikawai longed for Laielohelohe, but she could do nothing; |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai naʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “ʻAʻole e ʻae ʻia kou kaikaina e noho pū me kākou, no ka mea, ua haumia ʻo ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, akā, inā he manaʻo kou i ko kaikaina, a laila, e hoʻi ʻoe, a e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kekalukaluokēwā.” | Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "Your sister can not live here with us, for she is defiled with Kaonohiokala; but if you want your sister, then you go and fill Kekalukaluokewa's place." |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.1 | A ma ka lā o Lāʻieikawai i hoʻokuʻu ʻia mai ai, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “E hoʻi ʻoe a me kou kaikaina. | And on the day when Laieikawai was let down, Moanalihaikawaokele said, "Return to your sister |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.2 | E noho malū ʻoe a hiki i kou manawa e make ai, a ma kēia lā aku, ʻaʻole e kapa ʻia kou inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo kou inoa mau ʻo KAWAHINEOKALIʻULĀ, a ma ia inoa ou e kūkulu aku ai kou hanauna iā ʻoe, a ʻo ʻoe nō ke akua o kou mau hanauna.” | and live virgin until your death, and from this time forth your name shall be no longer called Laieikawai, but your name shall be 'The Woman of the Twilight,' and by this name shall all your kin bow down to you and you shall be like a god to them." |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i nā mea a pau e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma luna, a pau ia, hoʻi akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i luna, a noho ma ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti. | Then. Moanalihaikawaokele said all these things told above, and when he had ended he returned to the heavens and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻoili akula ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā i ke aupuni i ka makāula, ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā, ua noho ʻo ia ma kona ʻano akua, a ma ona lā i kūkulu aku ai ka makāula, a me kona hanauna e like me ka ʻōlelo a Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia. | Then, The Woman of the Twilight placed the government upon the seer; so did Laieikawai, the one called The Woman of the Twilight, and she lived as a god, and to her the seer bowed down and her kindred, according to Moanalihaikawaokele's word to her. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.4 sent.2 | A mai ia manawa mai a hiki i kēia mau lā, ke hoʻomana ʻia nei nō e kekahi poʻe ma ka inoa ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā (Lāʻieikawai). | And from that time to this she is still worshiped as The Woman of the Twilight. |